0> 31-12-96 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन> 31-12-96 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban> 31-12-96 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x> 31-12-96 Om peace avyakt x
0> > 31-12-1996 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban
1नये वर्ष में अनुभवी मूर्त बन , सबको अनुभवी बनाओnayē varṣh mē̃ anubhavī mūrt ban , sabkō anubhavī banāōnayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sabkō anubhavī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]new year in experienced image (become[root]|x) , everything experienced create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
1Become the embodiment of experience in the New Year and make others experienced.
2 ( शान्तिवन डायमण्ड जुबली हाल के उद्घाटन अवसर पर ) आज नज़र से निहाल करने वाले बापदादा आप सभी अति स्नेही , सहयोगी , स्नेह में लवलीन बच्चों को देख रहे हैं . ( śhāntivan diamond jubilee hall|hāl kē|K udghāṭan avasar par ) āj nazar sē nihāl karnē vālē bāpdādā āp sabhī ati snēhī , sahyōgī , snēh mē̃ lavlīn bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . ( śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] diamond jubilee[x] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K udghāṭan[n.m.;sg.,d.] x par[postp.]|par[adj.] ) āj nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] nihāl[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] ati snēhī[adj.] , sahyōgī[adj.] , snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lavlīn[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . ( Shantivan x (hall|x) (of|K) inauguration x (at|other) ) today glance from beyond do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who BapDada you all x loving , co-operative , love in x child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
2(On the inauguration of the unlimited hall of Shantivan) 3Today, BapDada, the One who takes you beyond with a glance, is seeing the extremely loving and cooperative children who are absorbed in love.
3हर एक बच्चे के मस्तक में , दिल में स्नेह का सबूत दिखाई दे रहा है . har ēk bachchē kē|K mastak mē̃ , dil mē̃ snēh kā sabūt dikhāī dē rahā hai . har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . each one child (of|K) forehead in , heart in love of x be visible .
4The proof of love is visible on each child's forehead and in his heart.
4 ( हाल में पीछे वाले भाई बहिनों से ) आप सोचेंगे कि हम पीछे वाले तो दिखाई नहीं देते हैं लेकिन बापदादा के नयनों में ऐसी अनोखी टी . वी . है जिससे दूर की चीज़ भी सामने दिखाई दे रही है . ( hall|hāl mē̃ pīchhē vālē bhāī bahinō̃ sē ) āp sōchē̃gē ki ham pīchhē vālē tō dikhāī nahī̃ dētē haĩ lēkin bāpdādā kē|K nayanō̃ mē̃ aisī anōkhī T . we|V . hai jissē dūr kī|key chīz bhī sāmnē dikhāī dē rahī hai . ( hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ) āp[pn.pl.] sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|dikhānā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] anōkhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] T . we|V . hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.sg.sē] dūr[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key chīz[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] sāmnē dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . ( (hall|x) in x those who (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x from ) you think[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that we x those who then (x|x[past-part.f.]) not give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but BapDada (of|K) eye in such unique x . (x) . be[pres.sg.23] that[.sē] distant (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) thing too x be visible .
5You may think that BapDada cannot see those who are sitting at the back, but BapDada has such a unique T.V. in His eyes that the scenes far away are visible as being very close. 6You may be sitting in a corner somewhere, but you are in front of the Father.
5चाहे कहाँ भी कोने में बैठे हो लेकिन बाप के सामने हो . chāhē kahā̃ bhī kōnē mē̃ baiṭhē hō lēkin bāp kē|K sāmnē hō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kahā̃ bhī[p.] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) where too corner in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] but father (of|K) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
7At the moment, you are sitting very comfortably.
6अभी तो फिर भी आराम से बैठे तो हो ना . abhī tō phir bhī ārām sē baiṭhē tō hō nā . ab[adv.hī] tō phir bhī[x] ārām[x] sē[postp.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . now then nevertheless comfort from (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
8You are sitting comfortably, are you not?
7 ( तालियां बजाई ) आज बहुत उमंग-उत्साह और खुशी है ना तो तालियों से दिखा रहे हैं . ( tāliyā̃ bajāī ) āj bahut umaṅg-utsāh aur khuśhī hai nā tō tāliyō̃ sē dikhā rahē haĩ . ( tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bajānā[past-part.f.] ) āj bahut umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā tō x sē[postp.] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . ( clapping play[past-part.f.] ) today very zeal and enthusiasm and happiness be[pres.sg.23] ∅ then x from x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
9Today, you have a lot of zeal, enthusiasm and happiness and so you are showing that by clapping.
8लेकिन बापदादा आपके दिल की खुशी को जानते हैं . lēkin bāpdādā āpkē dil kī|key khuśhī kō jāntē haĩ . lēkin bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . but BapDada you[.kē] heart (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) happiness to know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
10You are continually applauding, but BapDada knows the happiness in your heart.
9बापदादा देख रहे हैं कि हर एक बच्चे को सहयोग का सबूत देने में बहुत खुशी होती है इसलिए हजारों भुजायें दिखाई हैं . bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ ki har ēk bachchē kō sahyōg kā sabūt dēnē mē̃ bahut khuśhī hōtī hai isliē hajārō̃ bhujāyē̃ dikhāī haĩ . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bahut khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] isliē hazār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dikhānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that each one child to cooperation of x give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in very happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] therefore 1000 arm x[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .
11BapDada is seeing that each child has a lot of happiness in giving the proof of cooperation, and this is why a thousand arms have been shown.
10तो भुजायें सहयोग की निशानी हैं . tō bhujāyē̃ sahyōg kī|key niśhānī haĩ . tō bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then arm cooperation (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) sign be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
12The arms are the symbol of cooperation.
11बापदादा जानते हैं एक-एक बच्चे ने चारों ओर चाहे देश में , चाहे विदेश में सभी ने चाहे धन से , चाहे मन से , चाहे तन से सहयोग अवश्य दिया है . bāpdādā jāntē haĩ ēk-ēk bachchē nē chārō̃ ōr chāhē dēśh mē̃ , chāhē vidēśh mē̃ sabhī nē chāhē dhan sē , chāhē man sē , chāhē tan sē sahyōg avaśhya diyā hai . bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nē[postp.] chārō̃ ōr[x] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] avaśhya dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] one child ∅ everywhere (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) land in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) abroad in all ∅ (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) wealth from , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) mind from , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) body from cooperation x give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
13BapDada knows that each child, whether in this land or abroad, whether through the mind, body or wealth, has definitely given cooperation.
12और आज आप सबके सहयोग का सबूत आप आराम से बैठ देख भी रहे हो , सुन भी रहे हो . aur āj āp sabkē sahyōg kā sabūt āp ārām sē baiṭh dēkh bhī rahē hō , sun bhī rahē hō . aur āj āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] ārām[x] sē[postp.] baiṭhnā[root] dēkhnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , sunnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . and today you everyone's cooperation of x you comfort from sit[root] see[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , listen[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
14So today, as a proof of that cooperation, you are comfortably sitting and listening to everything in the hall.
13अभी ज्यादा ताली नहीं बजाओ . abhī jyādā tālī nahī̃ bajāō . ab[adv.hī] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now more clapping not play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
15Now, do not clap so much!
14आपके खुशी की , मन की तालियां बापदादा के पास पहुंच गई हैं . āpkē khuśhī kī|key , man kī|key tāliyā̃ bāpdādā kē pās pahuñch gaī haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kē] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . you[.kē] happiness (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , mind (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) clapping BapDada to reach[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .
16The clapping of each one's happiness of the mind has reached BapDada.
15देखो आज दो विशेषतायें हैं . dēkhō āj dō viśhēṣhatāyē̃ haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āj dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] today (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) speciality be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
17Today, there are two specialities.
16एक इस शान्तिवन को जो सभी ने उमंग - उत्साह से बनाया है उसका बापदादा के साथ-साथ आप बच्चे भी उद्घाटन कर रहे हैं और आज ड्रामानुसार नया वर्ष भी शुरू होने वाला ही है इसलिए बापदादा सभी बच्चों को अपनी दोनों बाहों में समाते हुए दोनों बातों की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . ēk is śhāntivan kō jō sabhī nē umaṅg - utsāh sē banāyā hai uskā bāpdādā kē|K sāth-sāth āp bachchē bhī udghāṭan kar rahē haĩ aur āj ḍrāmānusār nayā varṣh bhī śhurū hōnē vālā hī hai isliē bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō apnī dōnō̃ bāhō̃ mē̃ samātē huē dōnō̃ bātō̃ kī|key mubārak dē rahē haĩ . ēk[adj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] - utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kā] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] udghāṭan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur āj ḍrāmānusār nayā varṣh[x] bhī[p.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] dōnō̃ bā̃h[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] dōnō̃ bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . one this Shantivan to that all ∅ zeal - enthusiasm from create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.kā] BapDada (of|K) x you child too inauguration do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and today x New Year too beginning be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who only be[pres.sg.23] therefore BapDada all child to one’s own x arm in merge[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x matter (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
18One is of Shantivan that everyone has created with zeal and enthusiasm. 19Today, all of you children are inaugurating it with BapDada. 20And, secondly, according to the drama, the New Year is also about to begin. 21And so, BapDada is merging all His children in both His arms and congratulating you for both these occasions.
17और जैसे अभी इस समय साकार रूप में बाप के साथ उमंग-उत्साह और खुशी में झूम रहे हो ऐसे ही नये वर्ष में सदा अव्यक्त रूप में साथी समझना , अनुभव करना - यह साथ का अनुभव बहुत प्यारा है . aur jaisē abhī is samay sākār rūp mē̃ bāp kē sāth umaṅg-utsāh aur khuśhī mē̃ jhūm rahē hō aisē hī nayē varṣh mē̃ sadā avyakt rūp mē̃ sāthī samajhnā , anubhav karnā - yah sāth kā anubhav bahut pyārā hai . aur jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] is samay[x] sākār, sākārī[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jhūmnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā avyakt[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and like now at this time sakar Rup in father with zeal and enthusiasm and happiness in sway in happiness[pres.pl.m.prog.2] such only new year in constantly avyakt Rup in companion understand[inf.m.sg.d.] , experience do[inf.m.sg.d.] - this with of experience very loving be[pres.sg.23] .
22In the New Year, just as you are dancing with zeal, enthusiasm and happiness, in the same way, at the present, you are with the Father in the corporeal form. 23Or, in the avyakt form consider yourself to be a companion and experience this. 24The experience of this companionship is very lovely.
18बापदादा को भी बच्चों के बिना अच्छा नहीं लगता है . bāpdādā kō bhī bachchō̃ kē|K binā achchhā nahī̃ lagtā hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada to too child (of|K) without achcha not x[pres.sg.m.23] .
25BapDada does not like it without the children. 26(The microphone stopped working.)
19 ( माइक बंद हो गया ) पहला-पहला अनुभव है ना इसलिए यह भी ड्रामा में खेल समझना , कोई भी बात नीचे ऊपर नहीं समझना . ( mike band hō gayā ) pahlā-pahlā anubhav hai nā isliē yah bhī drama mē̃ khēl samajhnā , kōī bhī bāt nīchē ūpar nahī̃ samajhnā . ( mike band[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ) pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā isliē yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] drama mē̃[postp.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nīchē ūpar nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ( mike closed be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ) x experience be[pres.sg.23] ∅ therefore this too drama in (play|play[root]) understand[inf.m.sg.d.] , anyone matter down over not understand[inf.m.sg.d.] .
27This is the first experience and therefore consider this to be a game in the drama. 28Do not consider it to be something wrong.
20अच्छा है और अच्छा ही रहेगा . achchhā hai aur achchhā hī rahēgā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] and achcha only remain[fut.m.sg.23] .
29Everything is good and everything will be good.
21बहुत अच्छा , बहुत अच्छा करते-करते आप भी अच्छे बन जायेंगे और ड्रामा की हर सीन भी अच्छी बन जायेगी क्योंकि आपके अच्छे बनने के वायब्रेशन कैसी भी सीन हो नेगेटिव को पॉजिटिव में बदल देगी , इतनी शक्ति आप बच्चों में है सिर्फ यूज़ करो . bahut achchhā , bahut achchhā kartē-kartē āp bhī achchhē ban jāyēṅgē aur drama kī|key har|her scene bhī achchhī ban jāyēgī kyōṅki āpkē achchhē bannē kē|K vibration kaisī bhī scene hō nēgēṭiv kō positive mē̃ badal dēgī , itnī śhakti āp bachchō̃ mē̃ hai sirph use karō . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] aur drama kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key harnā[root]|har|her scene bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bannā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kē] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vibration kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] scene hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] x kō[postp.] positive mē̃[postp.] badalnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+dēnā] , itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sirph[adj.] use karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . very achcha , very achcha do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] you too achcha become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] and drama (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x[root]|x) scene too achcha become[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] because you[.kē] achcha become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) vibrations how too scene (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) x to positive in change[fut.f.sg.23.root+dēnā] , such Shakti you child in be[pres.sg.23] only use do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
30Whilst saying that everyone is good, you will also become good. 31Every scene of the drama will become very good, because the vibrations of your becoming good will change even the negative into positive. 32You children have so much power; now, simply use it. 33You have many powers and if you use them at the right time, you will have very good experiences.
22शक्तियां बहुत हैं , समय पर यूज़ करके देखो तो बहुत अच्छे-अच्छे अनुभव करेंगे . śhaktiyā̃ bahut haĩ , samay par use karkē dēkhō tō bahut achchhē-achchhē anubhav karē̃gē . śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] use karnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . Shakti very be[pres.pl.12hon3] , time (at|other) use do[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then very achcha experience do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
34This is the new hall, so what will you do in the new hall in the New Year? 35You will bring about some newness in the New Year, will you not?
23यह नया हाल और नया वर्ष तो इसमें क्या करेंगे ? yah nayā hall|hāl aur nayā varṣh tō ismē̃ kyā karē̃gē ? yah[pn.sg.d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nayā varṣh[x] tō yah[pn.sg.mē̃] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? this new (hall|x) and New Year then this[.mē̃] what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
36This year is the year to become experienced and to make others an embodiment of experience.
24नये वर्ष में कुछ नवीनता करेंगे ना . nayē varṣh mē̃ kuchh navīntā karē̃gē nā . nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . new year in anything newness do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
37Do you understand what you have to do? 38You have to experience all of this.
25तो यह वर्ष अनुभवी मूर्त बन औरों को भी अनुभव कराने का वर्ष है . tō yah varṣh anubhavī mūrt ban aurō̃ kō bhī anubhav karānē kā varṣh hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this year experienced image (become[root]|x) others to too experience make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] of year be[pres.sg.23] .
39You are already speaking through words, but now, every child has to experience every power and every virtue.
26समझा - क्या करना है ? samjhā - kyā karnā hai ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] - kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) - what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? 27अनुभव करना है . anubhav karnā hai . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . experience do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
40You are the images of experience, are you not?
28वाणी द्वारा वर्णन तो करते ही हो लेकिन हर बच्चे को हर शक्ति का , हर गुण का अनुभव करना है . vāṇī dvārā varṇan tō kartē hī hō lēkin har|her bachchē kō har|her śhakti kā , har|her guṇ kā anubhav karnā hai . vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , harnā[root]|har|her guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . words through x then do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but (x[root]|x) child to (x[root]|x) Shakti of , (x[root]|x) virtue of experience do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 29अनुभवी मूर्त हो ना ! anubhavī mūrt hō nā ! anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! experienced image (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ! 30अनुभवी मूर्त हो या वाणी मूर्त हो ? anubhavī mūrt hō yā vāṇī mūrt hō ? anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? experienced image (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or words image (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
41Are you an embodiment of experience or an embodiment of words? 42You are experienced, but this year, no child should say that he has the experience of some aspects, but is lacking the experience of other aspects.
31अनुभवी हो भी लेकिन इस वर्ष में कोई भी ऐसा बच्चा नहीं कहे कि मुझे इन बातों का तो अनुभव है , लेकिन इस बात का अनुभव बहुत कम है . anubhavī hō bhī lēkin is varṣh mē̃ kōī bhī aisā bachchā nahī̃ kahē ki mujhē in bātō̃ kā tō anubhav hai , lēkin is bāt kā anubhav bahut kam|cum hai . anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bhī[p.] lēkin yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī bhī[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] in|yah[pn.pl.o.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin yah[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut kam[adj.]|cum hōnā[pres.sg.23] . experienced (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) too but this year in anyone such child not (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) that I[.kō] (in|this) matter of then experience be[pres.sg.23] , but this matter of experience very (less|x) be[pres.sg.23] .
43There should be no such child, because knowledge does not mean just to understand, but to experience also. 44For, unless you have experienced something, you cannot make others experience it.
32ऐसा कोई बच्चा न रहे क्योंकि ज्ञान का अर्थ ही है सिर्फ समझना नहीं लेकिन अनुभव करना और जब तक अनुभव नहीं किया है तो औरों को भी अनुभवी नहीं बना सकते . aisā kōī bachchā na rahē kyōṅki gyān kā arth|earth hī hai sirph samajhnā nahī̃ lēkin anubhav karnā aur jab tak anubhav nahī̃ kiyā hai tō aurō̃ kō bhī anubhavī nahī̃ banā saktē . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] na[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kyōṅki gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sirph[adj.] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur jab tak[x] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] anubhavī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . such some child not (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) because knowledge of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] only understand[inf.m.sg.d.] not but experience do[inf.m.sg.d.] and as long as experience not do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then others to too experienced not (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
45If you have reached just the stage of words but do not have the experience, then the souls for whom you become an instrument will also say, "It is very good, it is very good, it is a wonder".
33अगर वाणी तक है , अनुभव तक नहीं है तो जिन आत्माओं की सेवा के निमित्त बनते हो वह भी वाणी द्वारा बहुत अच्छा , बहुत अच्छा , कमाल है-यहाँ तक आते हैं . agar vāṇī tak hai , anubhav tak nahī̃ hai tō jin ātmāō̃ kī|key sēvā kē nimitt bantē hō vah bhī vāṇī dvārā bahut achchhā , bahut achchhā , kamāl hai-yahā̃ tak ātē haĩ . agar vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tak hōnā[pres.sg.23] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō jō[pn.pl.o.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] x tak ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . if words until be[pres.sg.23] , experience until not be[pres.sg.23] then that soul (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service x become[pres.pl.m.2] that too words through very achcha , very achcha , x x until come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
46However, there are very few souls out of multimillions who become experienced, and the basis of revelation is experience. 47Souls who have experience will never be influenced by the atmosphere or be coloured by company.
34अनुभवी हो जाएं - वह कोटों में कोई , कोई में भी कोई हैं और प्रत्यक्षता का आधार अनुभव है . anubhavī hō jāē̃ - vah kōṭō̃ mē̃ kōī , kōī mē̃ bhī kōī haĩ aur pratyakṣhatā kā ādhār anubhav hai . anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] - vah[pn.sg.d.] kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] , kōī[pn.;d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . experienced be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] - that x in some , some in too some be[pres.pl.12hon3] and revelation of basis experience be[pres.sg.23] .
48Those who are influenced by words sometimes dance, whereas at other times they will start questioning.
35अनुभव वाली आत्मायें कभी भी वायुमण्डल वा संग के रंग में नहीं आ सकती हैं . anubhav vālī ātmāyē̃ kabhī bhī vāyumaṇḍal vā saṅg kē|K raṅg mē̃ nahī̃ ā saktī haĩ . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] . experience those who soul ever too atmosphere or company (of|K) (x[root]|colour) in not come[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] .
49Experience means to have a strong foundation. 50If your experience is incomplete, then the foundation is also only half strong.
36सिर्फ वाणी के प्रभाव वाले कभी नाचेंगे और कभी सोच में पड़ जायेंगे , अनुभव अर्थात् पक्का फाउण्डेशन . sirph vāṇī kē|K prabhāv vālē kabhī nāchē̃gē aur kabhī sōch mē̃ paṛ jāyēṅgē , anubhav arthāt pakkā foundation . sirph[adj.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kabhī[adv.] nāchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur kabhī[adv.] sōchnā[root] mē̃[postp.] paṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation . only words (of|K) x those who ever dance[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and ever think[root] in fall[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , experience that is firm foundation .
51The sign of this is to fluctuate in little matters. 52You would not be unshakeable. 53Why? 54The situations that come or the problems that come become stronger.
37आधा अनुभव है तो आधा फाउण्डेशन पक्का है , उसकी निशानी है वह छोटी बड़ी बातों में हिलेगा , अचल नहीं होगा क्योंकि आने वाली बातें वा समस्यायें प्रबल हो जाती हैं , इसलिए अधूरे फाउण्डेशन वाले लड़खड़ाते हैं , गिरते नहीं हैं लेकिन लड़खड़ाते हैं तो पहले इस वर्ष में अपने अनुभवी मूर्त के फाउण्डेशन को पक्का करो . ādhā anubhav hai tō ādhā foundation pakkā hai , uskī niśhānī hai vah chhōṭī baṛī bātō̃ mē̃ hilēgā , achal nahī̃ hōgā kyōṅki ānē vālī bātē̃ vā samasyāyē̃ prabal hō jātī haĩ , isliē adhūrē foundation vālē laṛakhaṛātē haĩ , girtē nahī̃ haĩ lēkin laṛakhaṛātē haĩ tō pahlē is varṣh mē̃ apnē anubhavī mūrt kē|K foundation kō pakkā karō . ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kī] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hilnā[fut.m.sg.23] , achal nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] kyōṅki ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] vā samasyā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] prabal[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] , isliē adhūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] foundation vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , girnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K foundation kō[postp.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . half experience be[pres.sg.23] then half foundation firm be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kī] sign be[pres.sg.23] that small very matter in x[fut.m.sg.23] , unshakeable not be[fut.m.sg.23] because (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who matter or problem powerful be[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] , therefore x foundation those who x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , fall down[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but x be[pres.pl.12hon3] then (x|firstly) this year in one’s own experienced image (of|K) foundation to firm do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
55This is why those whose foundation is incomplete limp along. 56They do not fall, but they simply limp along. 57So, this year, first of all, strengthen your foundation of being an embodiment of experience. 58Whilst moving along, you may be very fast today, but tomorrow, your face would have changed a little; the reason is that the foundation of experience is not strong.
38कई बच्चे आज बहुत फास्ट चलते हैं और कल थोड़ा सा चेहरा बदला हुआ होता है , कारण ? kaī bachchē āj bahut fast chaltē haĩ aur kal thōṛā sā chēhrā badlā|badalā huā hōtā hai , kāraṇ ? kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] āj bahut fast chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur kal thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] badlānā[root]|badlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|badalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? some child today very fast continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and x short x face (x[root]|x|change[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres.sg.m.23] , because ?
59Souls who are experienced will solve even the greatest problems as though nothing has happened.
39अनुभव का फाउण्डेशन पक्का नहीं है . anubhav kā foundation pakkā nahī̃ hai . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . experience of foundation firm not be[pres.sg.23] . 40अनुभव वाली आत्मायें कितनी भी बड़ी समस्या को ऐसे हल करेंगी जैसे कुछ हुआ ही नहीं . anubhav vālī ātmāyē̃ kitnī bhī baṛī samasyā kō aisē hal karē̃gī jaisē kuchh huā hī nahī̃ . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] samasyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hal karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kuchh hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . experience those who soul so too very problem to such x like anything be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only not .
60It came and it played its part, but whilst being loving and detached observers, they would consider it to be a game.
41आया और अपना पार्ट बजाया लेकिन साक्षी होकर , न्यारे और प्यारे होकर खेल समान देखेंगे . āyā aur apnā part bajāyā lēkin sākṣhī hōkar , nyārē aur pyārē hōkar khēl samān dēkhē̃gē . ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] part bajānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] , nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[abs.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] samān[adj.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . come[past-part.m.sg.d.] and (one’s own|adopt[root]) play one's part but detached observer be[abs.] , unique and loving be[abs.] (play|play[root]) equal see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
61It was not a big situation, but a game; it was just entertainment.
42बात नहीं खेल , मनोरंजन . bāt nahī̃ khēl , manōrañjan . bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] , manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . matter not (play|play[root]) , entertainment .
62You like entertainment, do you not?
43मनोरंजन अच्छा लगता है ना ? manōrañjan achchhā lagtā hai nā ? manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ? entertainment enjoy ∅ ? 44तो कोई भी बात हो , आप के लिए बड़ी बात तब लगती है जब फाउण्डेशन जरा भी कच्चा है . tō kōī bhī bāt hō , āp kē liē baṛī bāt tab lagtī hai jab foundation jarā bhī kachchā hai . tō kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] kē liē[x] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] tab lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] jab foundation zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kachchā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then anyone matter (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , you for very matter for only then x[pres.sg.f.23] when foundation x too weak be[pres.sg.23] .
63No matter what the situation is, when the foundation is even slightly weak, you find it to be a big thing.
45चाहे 75 परसेन्ट पक्का है , चाहे 90 परसेन्ट पक्का है तो भी हिलने का चांस सम्भव है . chāhē 75 percent pakkā hai , chāhē 90 percent pakkā hai tō bhī hilnē kā chance sambhav hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] 75 percent pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] 90 percent pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bhī[x] hilnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance sambhav[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) 75 % firm be[pres.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) 90 % firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅ x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of chance x be[pres.sg.23] .
64Even if it is 75% or 90% strong, there is still a possibility for the foundation to shake.
46बापदादा को बच्चों की मेहनत अर्थात् युद्ध करना अच्छा नहीं लगता . bāpdādā kō bachchō̃ kī|key mēhnat arthāt yuddha karnā achchhā nahī̃ lagtā . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] arthāt yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada to child (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) effort that is battle do[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
65BapDada does not like to see the children work hard or battle.
47मेहनत क्यों ? mēhnat kyō̃ ? mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] kyō̃ ? effort why ?
66Why should you work hard?
48युद्ध क्यों ? yuddha kyō̃ ? yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyō̃ ? battle why ?
67Why should you battle?
49क्या योगी के बजाए योद्धे बनने वाले हो या योगी आत्मायें हो ? kyā yōgī kē bajāē yōddhē bannē vālē hō yā yōgī ātmāyē̃ hō ? kyā yōgī[x] kē bajāē[x] yōddhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā yōgī[x] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? what yogi instead of warrior become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or yogi soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
68Instead of being yogi souls, are you those who become the warriors? 69Or are you yogi souls?
50युद्ध करने वाले संस्कार चन्द्रवंश में ले जायेंगे और योगी तू आत्मा के संस्कार सूर्यवंश में ले जायेंगे . yuddha karnē vālē saṅskār chandravanśh mē̃ lē jāyēṅgē aur yōgī tū ātmā kē|K saṅskār sūryavanśh mē̃ lē jāyēṅgē . yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] chandravanśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur yōgī[x] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] sūryavanśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . battle do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who sanskar moon dynasty in carry and yogi you soul (of|K) sanskar sun dynasty in carry .
70Sanskars of battling will take you into the moon dynasty, whereas the sanskars of a yogi soul will take you into the sun dynasty. 71So, what do you want to become: sun dynasty or moon dynasty?
51तो क्या बनना है सूर्यवंशी या चन्द्रवंशी बनना है ? tō kyā bannā hai sūryavanśhī yā chandravanśhī bannā hai ? tō kyā bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] sūryavanśhī[adj.] yā chandravanśhī[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? then what become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] part of the sun dynasty or those of the moon dynasty become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
72If you wish to become part of the sun dynasty, then all battling should finish.
52सूर्यवंशी बनना है तो युद्ध खत्म . sūryavanśhī bannā hai tō yuddha khatm . sūryavanśhī[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] . part of the sun dynasty become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then battle finished .
73This year, did your battling finish?
53इस वर्ष में युद्ध खत्म हुई ? is varṣh mē̃ yuddha khatm huī ? yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f.] ? this year in battle finished be[past-part.f.] ?
74You are not saying yes to this.
54इसमें हाँ नहीं कहते हो ? ismē̃ hā̃ nahī̃ kahtē hō ? yah[pn.sg.mē̃] hā̃ nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? this[.mē̃] yes not say[pres.pl.m.2] ? 55कहने से कहते हो ? kahnē sē kahtē hō ? kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? say[inf.m.pl.,o.] from say[pres.pl.m.2] ?
75You said yes, only when Baba asked you whether it was finished.
56बापदादा तो न देखते हुए भी बच्चों की रिजल्ट देख लेते हैं , हर समय की रिजल्ट नयनों के सामने नहीं लेकिन दिल में आ ही जाती है . bāpdādā tō na dēkhtē huē bhī bachchō̃ kī|key result dēkh lētē haĩ , har|her samay kī|key result nayanō̃ kē|K sāmnē nahī̃ lēkin dil mē̃ ā hī jātī hai . bāpdādā tō na[neg] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] , harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē nahī̃[neg] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[root] hī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] . BapDada then not see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too child (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] , (x[root]|x) time (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result eye (of|K) x not but heart in come[root] only go[pres.sg.f.23] .
76BapDada sees the result of the children even whilst not seeing it. 77The result of every moment is not in front of the eyes, but it emerges in Baba's heart.
57यहाँ साकार वतन में जब आप थोड़ा-थोड़ा या बहुत हिलते हो तो बाप को वहाँ वतन में अनुभव होता है कि कोई हिल रहा है . yahā̃ sākār vatan mē̃ jab āp thōṛā-thōṛā yā bahut hiltē hō tō bāp kō vahā̃ vatan mē̃ anubhav hōtā hai ki kōī hil rahā hai . yahā̃ sākār, sākārī[adj.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jab āp[pn.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yā bahut hilnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vahā̃ vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] kōī[pn.;d.] hilnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . here sakar world in when you short or very x[pres.pl.m.2] then father to there world in experience be[pres.sg.m.23] that some x[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
78When you fluctuate here, in the corporeal world, either a little or a lot, BapDada has the experience in the subtle region that someone is fluctuating.
58इसलिए जैसे शान्तिवन की खुशी है , हाल की खुशी है ऐसे बापदादा और इतने बड़े संगठन के बीच यह वायदा करो कि इस वर्ष में हलचल से परे हो अचल-अडोल बनना ही है , बनेंगे नहीं , बनना ही है . isliē jaisē śhāntivan kī|key khuśhī hai , hall|hāl kī|key khuśhī hai aisē bāpdādā aur itnē baṛē saṅgaṭhan kē|K bīch yah vāydā karō ki is varṣh mē̃ halchal sē parē hō achal-aḍōl bannā hī hai , banē̃gē nahī̃ , bannā hī hai . isliē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā aur itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅgaṭhan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bīch yah[pn.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] halchal[x] sē[postp.] par hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] achal[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] , bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore like Shantivan (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) happiness be[pres.sg.23] , (hall|x) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) happiness be[pres.sg.23] such BapDada and such very gathering (of|K) centre this promise do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that this year in upheaval from other (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) unshakeable become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not , become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
79Therefore, just as you have the happiness of Shantivan and this hall, in the same way, promise, in front of BapDada and this huge gathering, that this year, you have go beyond all upheavals and that you have to become unshakeable and immovable. 80Not that you will become, but that you have to become.
59ऐसे है ? aisē hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? such be[pres.sg.23] ?
81Is it like this?
60ऐसे जो समझते हैं बनना ही है , सोचेंगे , करेंगे , देखेंगे - यह नहीं , वह हाथ उठाओ . aisē jō samajhtē haĩ bannā hī hai , sōchē̃gē , karē̃gē , dēkhē̃gē - yah nahī̃ , vah hāth uṭhāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , think[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - this not , that raise your hands .
82Those of you who feel that you have to become this, not that you will think about it, or that you will do it, raise your hands! 83Raise your hands high!
61अच्छा-मुबारक हो और जिन्होंने किसी भी कारण से नहीं उठाया , ऐसे नहीं हो सकता कि नहीं बनेंगे लेकिन कोई कारण से नहीं उठाया हो तो वह उठाओ . acchā-mubārak hō aur jinhōnnē kisī bhī kāraṇ sē nahī̃ uṭhāyā , aisē nahī̃ hō saktā ki nahī̃ banē̃gē lēkin kōī kāraṇ sē nahī̃ uṭhāyā hō tō vah uṭhāō . x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur jō[pn.pl.nē] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , aisē nahī̃[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[x] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and that[.nē] (some|anything) too because from not uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] , it isn't that (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] that not become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but some because from not uplift[x] then that uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
84Achcha, congratulations! 85Achcha, those of you who did not raise your hands due to any reason, it is impossible that you will not become this. 86However, if you did not raise your hand due to any reason, raise your hand now!
62शर्म आता है उठाने में , तो सोचो जब हाथ उठाने में शर्म आता है तो करने के टाइम भी शर्म करना . śharm ātā hai uṭhānē mē̃ , tō sōchō jab hāth uṭhānē mē̃ śharm ātā hai tō karnē kē|K time bhī śharm karnā . śharm[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] , tō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jab hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] śharm[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K time bhī[p.] śharm[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x come[pres.sg.m.23] uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] in , then think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] when hand uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] in x come[pres.sg.m.23] then do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) time too x do[inf.m.sg.d.] . 63सोचना कि यह शर्म करने की बात है , तो नहीं होगी . sōchnā ki yah śharm karnē kī|key bāt hai , tō nahī̃ hōgī . sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] śharm[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . think[inf.m.sg.d.] that this x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) matter be[pres.sg.23] , then not be[fut.f.sg.23] .
87Are you ashamed to raise it? 88Then think about it: when you are ashamed in just raising your hand, then you should also feel ashamed at the time of doing it (fluctuating). 89This is not a question to be embarrassed about.
64पक्के हो जायेंगे क्योंकि कई बच्चे बारबार पूछते हैं , चाहे निमित्त बच्चों से या रूहरिहान में बापदादा से एक ही क्वेश्चन करते हैं , बाबा विनाश की डेट बता दो . pakkē hō jāyēṅgē kyōṅki kaī bachchē bārabār pūchhtē haĩ , chāhē nimitt bachchō̃ sē yā rūhrihān mē̃ bāpdādā sē ēk hī question kartē haĩ , bābā vināśh kī|key date batā dō . pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] kyōṅki kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] x pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] yā rūhrihān[x] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] question karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bābā vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key date batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . firm be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] because some child x ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) instrument child from or spiritual conversation in BapDada from one only question do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , Baba destruction (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) date tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
90Some children and even instrument children ask Baba, again and again, in their hearttoheart conversations, the same question: Baba, tell us the date; tell us the date of destruction. 91You have this question, do you not?
65सभी का क्वेश्चन है ना ? sabhī kā question hai nā ? sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] question hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? all of question be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
92Do all of you have this question?
66अच्छा बापदादा कहते हैं डेट बता देते हैं - चलो दो हज़ार में पूरा होगा तो क्या करेंगे ? achchhā bāpdādā kahtē haĩ date batā dētē haĩ - chalō dō hazār mē̃ pūrā hōgā tō kyā karē̃gē ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] date batānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] - chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] hazār[adj.] mē̃[postp.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? achcha BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] date tell[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] - continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) 1000 in full be[fut.m.sg.23] then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
93Achcha, if BapDada gives you the date and says that it will be completed in the year 2000, what would you do then? 94Listen to everything fully.
67यह कोई डेट नहीं दे रहे हैं , मिसअन्डरस्टैण्ड नहीं करना . yah kōī date nahī̃ dē rahē haĩ , misaanḍarasṭaiṇḍa nahī̃ karnā . yah[pn.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] date nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , x nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this some date not give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , x not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
95Do not have any misunderstanding. 96BapDada is just saying, if, for instance, and is not really giving you the date.
68बापदादा पूछ रहे हैं कि समझो 2 हज़ार तक आपको बताते हैं तो क्या करेंगे ? bāpdādā pūchh rahē haĩ ki samjhō 2 hazār tak āpkō batātē haĩ tō kyā karē̃gē ? bāpdādā pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] 2 hazār[adj.] tak āp[pn.pl.kō] batānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? BapDada ask[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] 2 1000 until you[.kō] tell[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
97BapDada is asking that if He were to tell you that everything will finish by 2000, what would you do then?
69अलबेले बनेगे या तीव्र पुरुषार्थी बनेंगे ? albēlē banēgē yā tīvr puruṣhārthī banē̃gē ? albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? careless become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or intense effort-maker become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
98Would you become careless or intense effortmakers? 99What would you become?
70तीव्र पुरुषार्थी बनेंगे ! tīvr puruṣhārthī banē̃gē ! tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! intense effort-maker become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
100You would become intense effortmakers.
71और बापदादा कहते हैं कि इस वर्ष में हलचल होगी तो फिर क्या करेंगे ? aur bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ki is varṣh mē̃ halchal hōgī tō phir kyā karē̃gē ? aur bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] halchal[x] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] tō phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? and BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this year in upheaval be[fut.f.sg.23] then (then|turn[root]) what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
101However, if BapDada says that this year there will be upheaval, what would you do then?
72और तीव्र पुरूषार्थ कर लेंगे ? aur tīvr purūṣhārth kar lē̃gē ? aur tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] ? and intense effort do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] ?
102Would you become even more intense effortmakers?
73या थोड़ा-थोड़ा डेट कोन्सेस हो जायेंगे , गिनती करते रहेंगे कि इतना समय पूरा हुआ , एक मास पूरा हुआ , एक वर्ष पूरा हुआ , बाकी इतने मास हैं ! yā thōṛā-thōṛā date kōnsēs hō jāyēṅgē , gintī kartē rahē̃gē ki itnā samay pūrā huā , ēk mās pūrā huā , ēk varṣh pūrā huā , bākī itnē mās haĩ ! yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] date x hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , ginnā[pres-part.f.]|gintī[x] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ki[conj.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ēk[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bākī|bākī itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! or short date x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , (x[pres-part.f.]|x) do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] that such time full be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , one (month|x) full be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , one year full be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (others|but) such (month|x) be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
103Or, would you become a little date conscious and count that one year has now gone by, another year has now gone by. 104So, would you become date conscious or soul conscious for all these months?
74… तो डेट कोन्सेस बनेंगे या सोल कोन्सेस बनेंगे ? … tō date kōnsēs banē̃gē yā soul kōnsēs banē̃gē ? … tō date x bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā soul x bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? … then date x become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or soul x become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
105What would you do? 106You would not become careless, would you?
75क्या करेंगे ? kyā karē̃gē ? kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 76अलबेले नहीं बनेंगे ? albēlē nahī̃ banē̃gē ? albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? careless not become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 77यह तो नहीं सोचेंगे कि अभी तो 4 वर्ष पड़े हैं ? yah tō nahī̃ sōchē̃gē ki abhī tō 4 varṣh paṛē haĩ ? yah[pn.sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] tō 4 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? this then not think[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that now then 4 year fall[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
107Or, would you think that you still have four years, and so it doesn't matter and that you will make effort in the last year.
78क्या हुआ , लास्ट वर्ष में कर लेंगे - ऐसे अलबेले नहीं बनेंगे या थोड़ा-थोड़ा बन जायेंगे ? kyā huā , last varṣh mē̃ kar lē̃gē - aisē albēlē nahī̃ banē̃gē yā thōṛā-thōṛā ban jāyēṅgē ? kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , last varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] - aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ? what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , last year in do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] - such careless not become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or short become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ?
108You would not become careless in this way, would you? 109Or, would you be a little careless?
79आप नहीं भी बनेंगे तो माया सुन रही है , वह ऐसी बातें आपके आगे लायेगी जो अलबेलापन , आलस्य बीच-बीच में आयेगा , फिर क्या करेंगे ? āp nahī̃ bhī banē̃gē tō māyā sun rahī hai , vah aisī bātē̃ āpkē āgē lāyēgī jō albēlāpan , ālasya bīch-bīch mē̃ āyēgā , phir kyā karē̃gē ? āp[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] āgē lānā[fut.f.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ālasya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? you not too become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then Maya listen[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , that such matter you[.kē] previously x[fut.f.sg.23] that carelessness , laziness x come[fut.m.sg.23] , (then|turn[root]) what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
110Even if you do not become careless, Maya is listening to you, and she will bring such things in front of you that carelessness and laziness will creep in now and then.
80इसीलिए बापदादा ने पहले भी सुनाया है कि डेट कोन्सेस नहीं बनो लेकिन हर समय अन्तिम घड़ी है , इतना हर घड़ी में एवररेडी रहो . isīliē bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī sunāyā hai ki date kōnsēs nahī̃ banō lēkin har|her samay antim ghaṛī hai , itnā har|her ghaṛī mē̃ ever ready rahō . isīliē bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] date x nahī̃[neg] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] antim[adj.] ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] harnā[root]|har|her ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ever ready rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that date x not become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but (x[root]|x) time final moment be[pres.sg.23] , such (x[root]|x) moment in ever-ready remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
111So, what would you do then? 112This is why BapDada also told you earlier not to become date conscious but to consider every moment to be the last moment and to be everready at every moment.
81अच्छा मानों बापदादा कहते हैं 2 हजार के बाद होगा , चलो आपने मान लिया , रीयल नहीं है लेकिन मान लिया तो आप दो हजार में सम्पूर्ण बनेंगे और दूसरों को कब बनायेंगे ? achchhā mānō̃ bāpdādā kahtē haĩ 2 hajār kē bād hōgā , chalō āpnē mān liyā , real nahī̃ hai lēkin mān liyā tō āp dō hajār mē̃ sampūrṇ banē̃gē aur dūsrō̃ kō kab banāyēṅgē ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mānō̃ bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] 2 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.nē] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , real nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] tō āp[pn.pl.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sampūrṇ[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kab banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? achcha just consider BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] 2 1000 after be[fut.m.sg.23] , continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you[.nē] x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , real not be[pres.sg.23] but x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] then you (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) 1000 in complete become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and other to when create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
113OK, BapDada may say that it will happen after2000; you may accept that. 114Although it is not like that, you accepted it, and so you will become complete by the year 2000. So, when will you make others complete? 115In satyug?
82सतयुग में बनायेंगे क्या ? satyug mē̃ banāyēṅgē kyā ? satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyā ? golden age in create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] what ?
116Will you make others complete in satyug?
83बनाने वाले थोड़े हैं और बनने वाले बहुत हैं , उन्हों के लिए भी समय चाहिए या नहीं ? banānē vālē thōṛē haĩ aur bannē vālē bahut haĩ , unhō̃ kē liē bhī samay chāhiē yā nahī̃ ? banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kē liē[x] bhī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] yā nahī̃[neg] ? create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who short be[pres.pl.12hon3] and become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who very be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that for too time (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) or not ?
117There are few who make others and many who become. 118Do you need time for them or not?
84अगली सीजन में भी पूछा था कि कम से कम सतयुग आदि के 9 लाख बने हैं ? aglī season mē̃ bhī pūchhā thā ki kam sē kam satyug ādi kē|K 9 lākh banē haĩ ? aglā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] season mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] pūchhnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] kam sē kam[x] satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] ādi[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K 9 lākh[x] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? next season in too ask[past-perf.m.sg.] that at least golden age etc. (of|K) 9 100,000 become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? 85नहीं बने हैं तो विनाश कैसे हो ? nahī̃ banē haĩ tō vināśh kaisē hō ? nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] tō vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? not become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] then destruction how (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
119Last season also, Baba asked whether you had created the minimum population of satyug of 900,000. Have you not created them yet?
86किस पर राज्य करेंगे ? kis par rājya karē̃gē ? kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? (what|who) (at|other) x ?
120Have you created that many?
87पुरानी आत्माओं के ऊपर राज्य करेंगे ? purānī ātmāō̃ kē ūpar rājya karē̃gē ? purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? old soul over x ?
121Then, how can destruction take place?
88नई आत्मायें तो तैयार हुई नहीं और विनाश हो जाए तो क्या करेंगे ? naī ātmāyē̃ tō taiyār huī nahī̃ aur vināśh hō jāē tō kyā karē̃gē ? nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tō taiyār[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] aur vināśh hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? new soul then x be[past-part.f.] not and be destroyed then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
122Who would you rule over? 123Would you rule over the old souls?
89इसलिए बापदादा ने यह काम अपने बच्चे जो ज्योतिषी हैं ना , उन्हों के ऊपर ही रखा है . isliē bāpdādā nē yah kām apnē bachchē jō jyōtiṣhī haĩ nā , unhō̃ kē ūpar hī rakhā hai . isliē bāpdādā nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] jyōtiṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , vah[pn.pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] hī[p.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . therefore BapDada ∅ this (lust|task) one’s own child that fortune-teller be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , that over only keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
124The new souls are not ready yet, so if destruction takes place, what would you do then?
90जो ज्योतिषी कर सकते हैं , वह बाप क्यों करेगा ! jō jyōtiṣhī kar saktē haĩ , vah bāp kyō̃ karēgā ! jō[pn.;d.] jyōtiṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyō̃ karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! that fortune-teller do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , that father why do[fut.m.sg.23] !
125This is why BapDada has kept this work for His children who are fortunetellers.
91फिर भी बाप के बच्चे हैं , उन्हों को कमाने दो . phir bhī bāp kē|K bachchē haĩ , unhō̃ kō kamānē dō . phir bhī[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] kamānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] . nevertheless father (of|K) child be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that to earn[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] .
126Why should the Father do the work that fortunetellers do?
92उन्हों की कमाई का साधन यही है . unhō̃ kī|key kamāī kā sādhan yahī hai . vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kamānā[past-part.f.]|kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (earn[past-part.f.]|earning an income) of facilities this be[pres.sg.23] .
127They are the Father's children also.
93अगर किसको बहुत जल्दी हो तो उन बच्चों से पूछो . agar kiskō bahut jaldī hō tō un bachchō̃ sē pūchhō . agar kaun[pn.sg.kō] bahut jaldī hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō vah[pn.pl.o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . if who[.kō] very very quickly (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then that child from ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
128Let them earn their income; this is their means of income.
94बाप नहीं बतायेगा . bāp nahī̃ batāyēgā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] batānā[fut.m.sg.23] . father not tell[fut.m.sg.23] . 95समझा - इस वर्ष क्या करना है ? samjhā - is varṣh kyā karnā hai ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] - yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) - this year what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
129If someone is in a great hurry to find out, then ask those children!
96अनुभवी मूर्त . anubhavī mūrt . anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] . experienced image .
130Baba will not tell you.
97कई बच्चे रूहरिहान में बहुत ही मीठी-मीठी रूहरिहान करते , कहते हैं - क्या करें बाबा , इतना तो हो गया है , बाकी इतना आप कर लो . kaī bachchē rūhrihān mē̃ bahut hī mīṭhī-mīṭhī rūhrihān kartē , kahtē haĩ - kyā karē̃ bābā , itnā tō hō gayā hai , bākī itnā āp kar lō . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] rūhrihān[x] mē̃[postp.] bahut hī[p.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rūhrihān[x] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] bābā , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , bākī|bākī itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . some child spiritual conversation in very only sweet spiritual conversation do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - what do[opt.pl.12hon3] Baba , such then be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , (others|but) such you do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .
131Do you understand what you have to do this year? 132Become an embodiment of experience! 133Many children have a sweet hearttoheart conversation and they say, "Baba, what can we do?
98राज्य हम करेंगे लेकिन सम्पूर्ण आप बना दो . rājya ham karē̃gē lēkin sampūrṇ āp banā dō . rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin sampūrṇ[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . kingdom we do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but complete you create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
134So much has already been accomplished, and so You can do the rest.
99ऐसे होगा ? aisē hōgā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? such be[fut.m.sg.23] ? 100बाप मददगार जरूर है और अन्त तक रहेंगे , यह गैरन्टी है लेकिन किसके मददगार ? bāp madadgār jarūr hai aur ant tak rahē̃gē , yah guarantee hai lēkin kiskē madadgār ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] zarūr hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] guarantee hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin kaun[pn.sg.kē] madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? father helper definitely be[pres.sg.23] and end until remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , this guarantee be[pres.sg.23] but who[.kē] helper ?
135We will rule, but You have to make us complete." 136Will this do? 137Baba is definitely your Helper and will be till the end.
101जो पहले हिम्मत का पांव आगे करते हैं , फिर बाप मदद का दूसरा पांव उठाने में सम्पूर्ण मदद करते हैं . jō pahlē himmat kā pāṅw āgē kartē haĩ , phir bāp madad kā dūsrā pāṅw uṭhānē mē̃ sampūrṇ madad kartē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] āgē karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] madad[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] sampūrṇ[adj.] madad[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that (x|firstly) courage of foot previously do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (then|turn[root]) father x of other foot uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] in complete x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
138This is a guarantee, but whose Helper will He be? 139Baba will totally help those, who take the first step of courage, to take the next step.
102हिम्मत का पांव उठाओ नहीं और सिर्फ कहो बाबा आप कर लो , बाबा आप कर लो . himmat kā pāṅw uṭhāō nahī̃ aur sirph kahō bābā āp kar lō , bābā āp kar lō . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] aur sirph[adj.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bābā āp[pn.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] , bābā āp[pn.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . courage of foot uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not and only say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Baba you do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] , Baba you do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . 103तो बापदादा भी कहेगा देखेंगे , पहले पांव तो रखो . tō bāpdādā bhī kahēgā dēkhē̃gē , pahlē pāṅw tō rakhō . tō bāpdādā bhī[p.] kahnā[fut.m.sg.23] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then BapDada too say[fut.m.sg.23] see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , (x|firstly) foot then keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
140If you do not take a step of courage, but simply tell Baba, "Baba, You do this, You do this", then BapDada would also say: I shall see, but at least take the first step!
104एक पांव भी नहीं रखेंगे तो कैसे होगा ! ēk pāṅw bhī nahī̃ rakhē̃gē tō kaisē hōgā ! ēk[adj.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! one foot too not keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then how be[fut.m.sg.23] !
141How can anything happen if you do not even take one step?
105इसलिए इस वर्ष में हर समय यह चेक करो कि हिम्मत के पांव मजबूत हैं ? isliē is varṣh mē̃ har|her samay yah check karō ki himmat kē|K pāṅw majbūt haĩ ? isliē yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] majbūt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? therefore this year in (x[root]|x) time this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that courage (of|K) foot x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
142This is why, this year, check that your steps of courage are strong.
106बाप को कहने के पहले यह चेक करो . bāp kō kahnē kē|K pahlē yah check karō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . father to say[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) (x|firstly) this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
143Check before you tell the Father.
107हिम्मत का पांव बढ़ाया और मदद नहीं मिले , यह असम्भव है . himmat kā pāṅw baṛhāyā aur madad nahī̃ milē , yah asambhav hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur madad[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[opt.sg.23]|milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] asambhav[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . courage of foot increase[past-part.m.sg.d.] and x not (receive[opt.sg.23]|receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , this impossible be[pres.sg.23] .
144It is impossible that you take a step of courage and Baba would not help.
108सिर्फ थोड़ा सा हिम्मत का पांव बढ़ाओ , इसीलिए गाया हुआ है पहला शब्द क्या आता है ? sirph thōṛā sā himmat kā pāṅw baṛhāō , isīliē gāyā huā hai pahlā śhabda kyā ātā hai ? sirph[adj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , isīliē gānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? only short x courage of foot increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x sing[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] x word what come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
145Simply take a step of courage. 146This is why it is said: When the child has courage, the Father helps.
109हिम्मते बच्चे मददे बाप , इसको उल्टा नहीं करो - मददे बाप और फिर हिम्मत बच्चों की . himmatē bachchē madadē bāp , iskō ulṭā nahī̃ karō - madadē bāp aur phir himmat bachchō̃ kī|key . himmat bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] madad bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yah[pn.sg.kō] ulṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - madad bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key . courage child x father , this[.kō] upside down not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - x father and (then|turn[root]) courage child (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) .
147Do not take this the wrong way and think that the Father helps and then the children have the courage.
110बाप तो मुस्कुराते रहते हैं , वाह मेरे लाड़ले बच्चे वाह ! bāp tō muskurātē rahtē haĩ , vāh mērē lāṛlē bachchē vāh ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō x rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kē] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! father then x remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , wah! I[.kē] x child wah! !
148Baba continues to smile and say, Wah My children! 149Wah My beloved children!
111निश्चय से हिम्मत का पांव जरा भी आगे करेंगे तो बाप पदमगुणा मदद के लिए हर एक बच्चे के लिए हर समय तैयार है . niśhchay sē himmat kā pāṅw jarā bhī āgē karē̃gē tō bāp padamguṇā madad kē liē har ēk bachchē kē liē har|her samay taiyār hai . niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āgē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] madad[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē liē[x] harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . faith from courage of foot x too previously do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then father multimillion-fold x for each one child for (x[root]|x) time x be[pres.sg.23] .
150If you take a step of courage with faith, Baba is ready to give multimillionfold help to every child at every moment. 151What else will you do in the New Year?
112अच्छा - नये वर्ष में और क्या करेंगे ? achchhā - nayē varṣh mē̃ aur kyā karē̃gē ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aur kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? achcha - new year in and what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
152Even now, one aspect of service still remains; what is that?
113अभी तक सेवा की एक बात रही हुई है , कौन सी ? abhī tak sēvā kī|key ēk bāt rahī huī hai , kaun see|sī|C ? ab[adv.hī] tak sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C ? now until service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) one matter remain[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , who (see|x) ?
153The God of the Gita will be proved.
114गीता का भगवान तो हो जायेगा , लेकिन बापदादा ने अगले वर्ष हर ज़ोन को कहा था कि स्नेही , सहयोगी , सम्पर्क वाले तो बहुत बने हैं और बनेंगे लेकिन अभी वारिस निकालो . gītā kā bhagvān tō hō jāyēgā , lēkin bāpdādā nē aglē varṣh har|her zone kō kahā thā ki snēhī , sahyōgī , samparka vālē tō bahut banē haĩ aur banē̃gē lēkin abhī vāris nikālō . gītā kā bhagvān[x] tō hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] harnā[root]|har|her zone kō[postp.] kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] snēhī[adj.] , sahyōgī[adj.] , sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō bahut bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . God of the Gita then be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , but BapDada ∅ next year (x[root]|x) zone to say[past-perf.m.sg.] that loving , co-operative , x those who then very become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but now heir x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
154However, BapDada told every zone that you have created many loving and cooperative souls who are in connection, but that you now have to create heirs. 155Very few heirs are emerging. 156BapDada sees the result of every centre every day.
115वारिस कम निकालते हैं क्योंकि बापदादा हर सेवाकेन्द्र की रोज़ की रिजल्ट देखते हैं . vāris kam|cum nikāltē haĩ kyōṅki bāpdādā har|her sēvākēndra kī|key rōz kī|key result dēkhtē haĩ . vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam[adj.]|cum nikālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki bāpdādā harnā[root]|har|her sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key rōz kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . heir (less|x) x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because BapDada (x[root]|x) centre (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) day (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
157In all directions, the result is that there are very few heirs and many loving and cooperative souls.
116तो चारों ओर की रिजल्ट में वारिस कम हैं . tō chārō̃ ōr kī|key result mē̃ vāris kam|cum haĩ . tō chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result mē̃[postp.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam[adj.]|cum hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then everywhere (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result in heir (less|x) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
158They are very good, but make them move forward.
117स्नेही , सहयोगी अच्छे हैं लेकिन उन्हों को आगे बढ़ाओ या कोई भी नयों को , लास्ट वालों को फास्ट करके वारिस क्वालिटी बाप के सामने लाओ . snēhī , sahyōgī achchhē haĩ lēkin unhō̃ kō āgē baṛhāō yā kōī bhī nayō̃ kō , last vālō̃ kō fast karkē vāris quality bāp kē|K sāmnē lāō . snēhī[adj.] , sahyōgī[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] āgē baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā kōī bhī[x] nayā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , last vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] fast karnā[abs.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . loving , co-operative achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] but that to previously increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or anyone new to , last those who to fast do[abs.] heir x father (of|K) x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
159Bring new ones and enable these last ones to go fast and thereby bring heir quality souls in front of the Father. 160Very few heir souls emerge; those that you can count.
118कोई-कोई निकलते हैं लेकिन गिनती करने वाले हैं . kōī-kōī nikaltē haĩ lēkin gintī karnē vālē haĩ . kōī[pn.;d.] nikalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin ginnā[pres-part.f.]|gintī[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . some be extracted[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but (x[pres-part.f.]|x) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
161Since you want transformation to take place by 2000, how many heirs have you created?
119जब चाहते हो कि 2000 तक परिवर्तन हो , चाहते तो सभी ऐसे ही हो तो वारिस कितने बनाये हैं ? jab chāhtē hō ki 2000 tak parivartan hō , chāhtē tō sabhī aisē hī hō tō vāris kitnē banāyē haĩ ? jab chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] 2000 tak parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō sab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? when x[pres.pl.m.2] that 2000 until transformation (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then all such only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then heir so create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
162The people of satyug have to be royal, and there are very few of those. 163You have created the subjects.
120सतयुग की प्रजा भी रॉयल चाहिए . satyug kī|key prajā bhī royal chāhiē . satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] royal chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . golden age (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x too royal (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) . 121वह कम है . vah kam|cum hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] kam[adj.]|cum hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that (less|x) be[pres.sg.23] .
164You have had many types of conferences and been invited to many outside programmes.
122प्रजा बनी है , यह जो अभी अनेक प्रकार की कांफ्रेंस की है वा बाहर की स्टेज पर जो भी प्रोग्राम्स मिले हैं , इस वर्ष में प्रभाव और प्रजा - यह रिजल्ट अच्छी है . prajā banī hai , yah jō abhī anēk prakār kī|key conference kī hai vā bāhar kī|key stage par jō bhī programmes milē haĩ , is varṣh mē̃ prabhāv aur prajā - yah result achchhī hai . prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] ab[adv.hī] anēk[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key conference karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vā bāhar kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] programme milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] result achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x become[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , this that now many form (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) conference do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] or outside (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) stage (at|other) that too programme receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , this year in x and x - this result achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
165In this year, the result of the impact and the subjects is good, but what does BapDada want? 166Now, prepare heirquality souls. 167Only when you create heirs here will the advance party be revealed.
123लेकिन बापदादा क्या चाहते हैं ? lēkin bāpdādā kyā chāhtē haĩ ? lēkin bāpdādā kyā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? but BapDada what x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? 124अभी वारिस क्वालिटी तैयार करो . abhī vāris quality taiyār karō . ab[adv.hī] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now heir x x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
168Then the drums of revelation of the Father's name will beat in all directions.
125यहाँ वारिस तैयार करेंगे तब एडवान्स पार्टी भी प्रत्यक्ष होगी और बाप के नाम का , प्रत्यक्षता का नगाड़ा चारों ओर बजेगा . yahā̃ vāris taiyār karē̃gē tab advance party bhī pratyakṣha hōgī aur bāp kē|K nām kā , pratyakṣhatā kā nagāṛā chārō̃ ōr bajēgā . yahā̃ vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tab advance party[x] bhī[p.] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nagāṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] bajnā[fut.m.sg.23] . here heir x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] for only then advance party too visible be[fut.f.sg.23] and father (of|K) name of , revelation of drum everywhere x[fut.m.sg.23] .
169In the result so far, you are doing very good work. 170Some say that only you can do this. 171They even say this, but their attention should now be drawn towards the Supreme Soul.
126अभी तक की रिजल्ट में कहते हैं कि यह भी अच्छा काम कर रहे हैं या कोई-कोई कहते हैं कि यही कर सकते हैं , लेकिन परम आत्मा की तरफ अटेन्शन जाए , परम आत्मा का यह कार्य चल रहा है , वह अभी इनकागनीटो ( गुप्त ) है . abhī tak kī|key result mē̃ kahtē haĩ ki yah bhī achchhā kām kar rahē haĩ yā kōī-kōī kahtē haĩ ki yahī kar saktē haĩ , lēkin param ātmā kī|key taraph attention jāē , param ātmā kā yah kārya chal rahā hai , vah abhī incognito ( gupta ) hai . ab[adv.hī] tak kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result mē̃[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] yā kōī[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yahī[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , lēkin param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] attention jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[opt.sg.23] , param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] incognito ( gupt[adj.] ) hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now until (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result in say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this too achcha (lust|task) do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] or some say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , but Supreme soul (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) direction attention (go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[opt.sg.23]) , Supreme soul of this task continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , that now x ( incognito ) be[pres.sg.23] .
172It is still incognito that the task of God is being carried out. 173Through your happiness and love you children are making very good effort to reveal the Father. 174However, whilst they are still only loving and cooperative, the revelation of the Father cannot take place.
127बच्चे अपनी शक्ति से , स्नेह से बाप को प्रत्यक्ष करने का अच्छा पुरूषार्थ कर रहे हैं लेकिन अभी जब तक स्नेही हैं , सहयोगी हैं तब तक बाप की प्रत्यक्षता मैदान पर नहीं आई है . bachchē apnī śhakti sē , snēh sē bāp kō pratyakṣha karnē kā achchhā purūṣhārth kar rahē haĩ lēkin abhī jab tak snēhī haĩ , sahyōgī haĩ tab tak bāp kī|key pratyakṣhatā maidān par nahī̃ āī hai . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] , snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] jab tak[x] snēhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tab tak[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] maidān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . child one’s own Shakti from , love from father to visible do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of achcha effort do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] but now as long as loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] , co-operative be[pres.pl.12hon3] x father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) revelation x (at|other) not come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
175It is good that you have reached here, but the sound, "This is the Father", should emerge from everyone's lips; that the time has now come and that the Father has come. 176Then, even destruction will take place.
128अच्छा है - यहाँ तक हुआ है , लेकिन सबके मुख से यह निकले कि बस अभी समय आ गया , बाप आ गया , तब विनाश भी आयेगा . achchhā hai - yahā̃ tak huā hai , lēkin sabkē mukh sē yah nikalē ki bas abhī samay ā gayā , bāp ā gayā , tab vināśh bhī āyēgā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - yahā̃ tak hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , lēkin sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] basnā[root]|bas ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , tab vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] - here until be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , but everyone's mouth from this (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that (x[root]|simply) now time come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , father come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , for only then destruction too come[fut.m.sg.23] .
177Baba says: Do not ask the Father when destruction will take place. 178Baba is asking you when you will be ready.
129तो बाप कहते हैं कि बाप से नहीं पूछो कि विनाश कब होगा ? tō bāp kahtē haĩ ki bāp sē nahī̃ pūchhō ki vināśh kab hōgā ? tō bāp kahtē haĩ[x] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kab hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? then the Father says that father from not ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that destruction when be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
179Should the curtains be opened? 180Are you ready for the curtains to open?
130बाप आपसे पूछते हैं कि आप कब तैयार होगे ? bāp āpsē pūchhtē haĩ ki āp kab taiyār hōgē ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.sē] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] kab taiyār[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.2] ? father you[.sē] ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that you when x be[fut.m.pl.2] ?
181Or, will the curtains open and you will still be continuing to get ready?
131पर्दा खोलें , तैयार हो ? pardā khōlē̃ , taiyār hō ? pardā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khōlnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? curtains open[opt.pl.12hon3] , x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ? 132कि पर्दा खुलेगा और तैयार होते रहेंगे ? ki pardā khulēgā aur taiyār hōtē rahē̃gē ? ki[conj.] pardā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khulnā[fut.m.sg.23] aur taiyār[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ? that curtains open up[fut.m.sg.23] and x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ?
182Atthe least, reveal 16,108 firm strong ones; at least create the rosary.
133कम से कम 16108 पक्के-पक्के रत्न तो प्रत्यक्ष करो , माला तो बनाओ . kam sē kam 16108 pakkē-pakkē ratna tō pratyakṣha karō , mālā tō banāō . kam sē kam[x] 16108 pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , mālā[n.f.;sg.] tō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . at least 16108 firm jewel then visible do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , garland then create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
183Baba is also seeing whether the rosary is ready. 184There is this much margin. 185Baba is not asking for a lot.
134बाप भी देखे तैयार हैं ? bāp bhī dēkhē taiyār haĩ ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? father too (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ? 135इतनी मार्जिन है , ज्यादा नहीं कह रहे हैं . itnī margin hai , jyādā nahī̃ kah rahē haĩ . itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] margin hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . such x be[pres.sg.23] , more not say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
186He is not asking for 900,000, but for you to create a rosary of16,108. Therefore, create it this year.
1369 लाख नहीं कह रहे हैं , 16108 की माला बनाओ . 9 lākh nahī̃ kah rahē haĩ , 16108 kī|key mālā banāō . 9 lākh[x] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , 16108 kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 9 100,000 not say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , 16108 (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) garland create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
187We shall see whether you are ready. 188Pandavs, speak!
137तो इस वर्ष बनाना , देखेंगे कि 16108 की निर्विघ्न , अचल माला तैयार है या अभी थोड़ा-थोड़ा लड़खड़ाते हैं ? tō is varṣh banānā , dēkhē̃gē ki 16108 kī|key nirvighna , achal mālā taiyār hai yā abhī thōṛā-thōṛā laṛakhaṛātē haĩ ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] 16108 kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key nirvighna[adj.] , achal mālā[n.f.;sg.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then this year create[inf.m.sg.d.] , see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that 16108 (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) free from obstacles , unshakeable garland x be[pres.sg.23] or now short x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
189Is an unshakeable rosary of those who are free from obstacles ready? 190Or, are you still limping along a little and showing your games a little?
138थोड़ा-थोड़ा खेल दिखाते हैं ? thōṛā-thōṛā khēl dikhātē haĩ ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? short (play|play[root]) x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
191What do you think? 192Are you ready?
139पाण्डव क्या समझते हो ? pāṇḍav kyā samajhtē hō ? pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? Pandava what understand[pres.pl.m.2] ?
193Speak! 194The Dadis are saying yes.
140बोलो , तैयार हो ? bōlō , taiyār hō ? bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
195Are all of you saying yes?
141दादियां तो बोलती हैं - हाँ . dādiyā̃ tō bōltī haĩ - hā̃ . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] tō bōlnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] - hā̃ . Dadi then speak[pres.pl.f.12hon3] - yes . 142सभी शक्तियों की हाँ है ? sabhī śhaktiyō̃ kī|key hā̃ hai ? sab[adv.hī] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key hā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? all Shakti (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) yes be[pres.sg.23] ?
196Are the Shaktis saying, "Yes, the rosary of 16,108 is ready?"
14316108 तैयार हैं ? 16108 taiyār haĩ ? 16108 taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? 16108 x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
197You are silent.
144अच्छा 18 तारीख को माला बनाकर देना . achchhā 18 tārīkh kō mālā banākar dēnā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] 18 tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] banānā[abs.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . achcha 18 x to garland create[abs.] give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
198You are only saying yes because you are told to say it.
145हाथ उठवायेंगे तो आधी सभा कहेगी 16 हज़ार में हैं . hāth uṭhvāyēṅgē tō ādhī sabhā kahēgī 16 hazār mē̃ haĩ . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhvānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō ādhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[fut.f.sg.23] 16 hazār[adj.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . hand make raise[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then half court say[fut.f.sg.23] 16 1000 in be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
199Achcha, prepare the rosary by the 18th. 200It is good, is it not?
146जो समझते हैं कि हम 16 हजार में हैं , वो दादियों को अपनी चिटकी लिखकर देना कि मैं 16 हज़ार में हूँ या 108 में ? jō samajhtē haĩ ki ham 16 hajār mē̃ haĩ , vō dādiyō̃ kō apnī chiṭkī likhkar dēnā ki maĩ 16 hazār mē̃ hū̃ yā 108 mē̃ ? jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] 16 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.;d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] chiṭkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] likhnā[abs.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] 16 hazār[adj.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] yā 108 mē̃[postp.] ? that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we 16 1000 in be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that Dadi to one’s own little note write[abs.] give[inf.m.sg.d.] that I 16 1000 in be[pres.sg.1] or 108 in ?
201If Baba were to ask you to raise your hand, half the gathering would say that you are part of the 16,108. First, the Dadis should give this and then BapDada would pass it.
147फिर दादियाँ पास करेंगी . phir dādiyā̃ pās|pass karē̃gī . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] pās|pass karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . (then|turn[root]) Dadi (x|pass) do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . 148ऐसे नहीं समझना कि चिटकी दे दी है , पहले यह पास करेंगी फिर बापदादा पास करेंगे , फिर फाइनल रिजल्ट बतायेंगे . aisē nahī̃ samajhnā ki chiṭkī dē dī hai , pahlē yah pās|pass karē̃gī phir bāpdādā pās|pass karē̃gē , phir final result batāyēṅgē . aisē nahī̃[x] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] chiṭkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] pās|pass karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bāpdādā pās|pass karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] final result[x] batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . it isn't that understand[inf.m.sg.d.] that little note give[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] , (x|firstly) this (x|pass) do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] (then|turn[root]) BapDada (x|pass) do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , (then|turn[root]) x tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 149अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
202Those of you who think that you are in this rosary, help the Dadis by giving a little note saying whether you are in the 16,000 or in the 108. Then the Dadis will verify this. 203Do not think that, just because you have given your name on a piece of paper, that's it.
150इस वर्ष में और क्या करेंगे ? is varṣh mē̃ aur kyā karē̃gē ? yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aur kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? this year in and what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 151बापदादा ने एक रिजल्ट सभी बच्चों की देखी . bāpdādā nē ēk result sabhī bachchō̃ kī|key dēkhī . bāpdādā nē[postp.] ēk[adj.] result sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key dēkhnā[past-part.f.] . BapDada ∅ one result all child (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) see[past-part.f.] .
204First, they will pass it, then BapDada will pass it and then you will be given the final result.
152सिर्फ यहाँ वालों की नहीं , चारों ओर के बच्चों की एक बात की रिजल्ट देखी , वह कौन सी बात ? sirph yahā̃ vālō̃ kī|key nahī̃ , chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kī|key ēk bāt kī|key result dēkhī , vah kaun see|sī|C bāt ? sirph[adj.] yahā̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key nahī̃[neg] , chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result dēkhnā[past-part.f.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C bāt[n.f.;sg.] ? only here those who (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) not , everywhere (of|K) child (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) one matter (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result see[past-part.f.] , that who (see|x) matter ? 153जमा का खाता किसने कितना जमा किया है ? jamā kā khātā kisnē kitnā jamā kiyā hai ? jamā kā khātā[x] kaun[pn.sg.nē] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? saving account who[.nē] so accumulate ?
205Achcha, what else will you do this year? 206BapDada saw one result of all the children. 207Not just of those who are sitting here, but Baba saw the result of one aspect of all the children in all directions.
154चाहे मन्सा में , चाहे वाचा से , चाहे कर्मणा से , चाहे सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क से - आप सभी का चैलेन्ज है , अपने को ही नहीं लेकिन विश्व के आगे बोलते हो कि एक जन्म में 21 जन्म का जमा करना है . chāhē mansā mē̃ , chāhē vāchā sē , chāhē karmaṇā sē , chāhē sambandh-sampark sē - āp sabhī kā challenge hai , apnē kō hī nahī̃ lēkin viśhva kē āgē bōltē hō ki ēk janm mē̃ 21 janm kā jamā karnā hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mansā mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vāchā sē[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] karmaṇā sē[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] - āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] challenge hōnā[pres.sg.23] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) through the mind in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x from , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x from , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x from - you all of challenge be[pres.sg.23] , one’s own to only not but world in front of speak[pres.pl.m.2] that one (life|be born[root]) in 21 (life|be born[root]) of accumulate .
208What was that? 209Who has accumulated in your account of accumulation, and how much, whether through your thoughts, words, actions, relations and connections. 210All of you have issued a challenge and you tell the whole world to accumulate for 21 births in one birth.
155यह बोलते हो ना ! yah bōltē hō nā ! yah[pn.sg.d.] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! this speak[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
211You issue this challenge, do you not?
156जानते हो ना ? jāntē hō nā ? jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
212You know this, do you not?
157तो एक जन्म में 21 जन्मों का जमा करना है तो कितना करना पड़े ? tō ēk janm mē̃ 21 janmō̃ kā jamā karnā hai tō kitnā karnā paṛē ? tō ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] 21 janm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] ? then one (life|be born[root]) in 21 life of accumulate then so do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] ?
213You have to accumulate for 21 births in one birth and so you have to accumulate so much.
158अभी मन्सा में जो जमा करते हो उससे एक तो आधाकल्प आपको मन्सा से वृत्ति या वायब्रेशन फैलाने की आवश्यकता नहीं है , 21 जन्म यह पुरूषार्थ करने की आवश्यकता नहीं है और दूसरा द्वापर से लेकर जो आपके चित्र भिन्न-भिन्न रूप में पूजे जाते हैं , आपको पता नहीं है कि हम किस रूप में पूजे जाते हैं लेकिन पूज्य तो हो ना ! abhī mansā mē̃ jō jamā kartē hō ussē ēk tō ādhākalp āpkō mansā sē vr̥itti yā vibration phailānē kī|key āvaśhyaktā nahī̃ hai , 21 janm yah purūṣhārth karnē kī|key āvaśhyaktā nahī̃ hai aur dūsrā dvāpar sē lēkar jō āpkē chitra bhinn-bhinn rūp mē̃ pūjē jātē haĩ , āpkō patā nahī̃ hai ki ham kis rūp mē̃ pūjē jātē haĩ lēkin pūjya tō hō nā ! ab[adv.hī] mansā mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.sē] ēk[adj.] tō ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] mansā sē[postp.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yā vibration phailānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] yah[pn.sg.d.] puruṣhārth karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dvāpar sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhinn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] , āp[pn.pl.kō] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] lēkin pūjya[adj.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! now through the mind in that accumulate that[.sē] one then for half a cycle you[.kō] through the mind from attitude or vibrations spread[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) need not be[pres.sg.23] , 21 (life|be born[root]) this effort do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) need not be[pres.sg.23] and other copper age from take[abs.] that you[.kē] picture different Rup in (x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) , you[.kō] knowledge not be[pres.sg.23] that we (what|who) Rup in (x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) but worthy of worship then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
214You are now accumulating through your mind, and through that, firstly, you will not need to spread the vibrations of your attitude for half a kalpa. 215There is no need to make this effort for 21 births. 216Secondly, from the copper age onwards, all your images will be worshipped in different forms; you do not know in which form you will be worshipped, but you will be worthy of worship, will you not?
15933 करोड़ देवताओं की मान्यता है तो आधाकल्प माननीय और पूज्यनीय बनते हो . 33 krōṛ dēvtāō̃ kī|key mānyatā hai tō ādhākalp mānanīy aur pūjyanīy bantē hō . 33 krōṛ[adj.] dēvtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mānyatā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānanīy[adj.] aur pūjya[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] . 33 10 million deity (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x be[pres.sg.23] then for half a cycle who are worthy of respect and worthy of worship become[pres.pl.m.2] .
217There is the praise of 330 million deities, and so you will become worthy of respect and worthy of worship for half a kalpa.
160उन जड़ चित्रों द्वारा भी आपकी मन्सा सेवा आटोमेटिक होती रहेगी . un jaṛ chitrō̃ dvārā bhī āpkī mansā sēvā automatic hōtī rahēgī . vah[pn.pl.o.] jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kī] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] automatic hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . that (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) picture through too you[.kī] through the mind service x be[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
218You will be doing service through the mind automatically even through those nonliving images.
161कोई भी भगत आपके जड़ चित्र के सामने आयेंगे तो उनको मन्सा वायब्रेशन से शान्ति , खुशी , शक्ति की अनुभूति होगी , यह मन्सा के जमा का प्रभाव होगा . kōī bhī bhagat āpkē jaṛ chitra kē|K sāmnē āyēṅgē tō unkō mansā vibration sē śhānti , khuśhī , śhakti kī|key anubhūti hōgī , yah mansā kē|K jamā kā prabhāv hōgā . kōī bhī[x] bhagat[adj.] āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō vah[pn.pl.kō] mansā vibration sē[postp.] śhānti , khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] mansā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . anyone x you[.kē] (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) picture (of|K) x come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then that[.kō] through the mind vibrations from peace , happiness , Shakti (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) experience be[fut.f.sg.23] , this through the mind (of|K) (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) of x be[fut.m.sg.23] .
219Any bhagat who comes in front of you will experience peace, power and happiness through the vibrations of your mind. 220There will be this influence of what you have accumulated through the mind.
162और जो वाणी में जमा करते हैं , खाता अच्छा है , उन्हों का फिर वाणी द्वारा गायन और पूजन ज्यादा होता है . aur jō vāṇī mē̃ jamā kartē haĩ , khātā achchhā hai , unhō̃ kā phir vāṇī dvārā gāyan aur pūjan jyādā hōtā hai . aur jō[pn.;d.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur pūjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and that words in accumulate , (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , that of (then|turn[root]) words through x and worship more be[pres.sg.m.23] .
221The account of those who are accumulating through words is very good. 222They will be remembered and worshipped a lot through words.
163वाणी द्वारा उन्हों की महिमा और पूजा युक्तियुक्त होती है . vāṇī dvārā unhō̃ kī|key mahimā aur pūjā yuktiyukt hōtī hai . vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] aur pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yuktiyukt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . words through that (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) praise and (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) tactful be[pres.sg.f.23] .
223They will be praised and worshipped through words in a yuktiyukt way.
164काम चलाऊ पूजा नहीं , युक्तियुक्त पूजा होती है , क्योंकि वाणी द्वारा आप सभी उन्हों को सुख देते हो , शान्ति देते हो तो आधाकल्प आपका वाणी से बहुत युक्तियुक्त गायन होगा . kām chalāū pūjā nahī̃ , yuktiyukt pūjā hōtī hai , kyōṅki vāṇī dvārā āp sabhī unhō̃ kō sukh dētē hō , śhānti dētē hō tō ādhākalp āpkā vāṇī sē bahut yuktiyukt gāyan hōgā . kām chalāū[x] pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , yuktiyukt[adj.] pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , kyōṅki vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] , śhānti dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] bahut yuktiyukt[adj.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . x (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) not , tactful (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres.sg.f.23] , because words through you all that to happiness give[pres.pl.m.2] , peace give[pres.pl.m.2] then for half a cycle you[.kā] words from very tactful x be[fut.m.sg.23] .
224It is not worship just in namesake, but worship in a yuktiyukt way because you give happiness and peace to them through words. 225And so, through words, you will be praised in a very yuktiyukt way for half a kalpa.
165एक गायन होगा और दूसरा युक्तियुक्त पूज्य बनेंगे . ēk gāyan hōgā aur dūsrā yuktiyukt pūjya banē̃gē . ēk[adj.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yuktiyukt[adj.] pūjya[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . one x be[fut.m.sg.23] and other tactful worthy of worship become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
226One is to be praised and secondly, you will become the ones who are worshipped in a yuktiyukt way.
166और कर्म द्वारा जो सदा करने वाली आत्मायें हैं , आधा दिन किया , आधा दिन नहीं किया , कभी किया , कभी नहीं किया , नहीं . aur karma dvārā jō sadā karnē vālī ātmāyē̃ haĩ , ādhā din kiyā , ādhā din nahī̃ kiyā , kabhī kiyā , kabhī nahī̃ kiyā , nahī̃ . aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā jō[pn.;d.] sadā karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kabhī[adv.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , nahī̃[neg] . and deed through that constantly do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] , half day do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , half day not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ever do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ever not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , not .
227Regarding actions, you have been told that there are souls who serve through their every action, not that sometimes they do it and sometimes they don't.
167लेकिन सदा और हर कर्म में अगर आपने जमा किया है , तो आपके हर कर्म की पूजा होगी . lēkin sadā aur har|her karma mē̃ agar āpnē jamā kiyā hai , tō āpkē har|her karma kī|key pūjā hōgī . lēkin sadā aur harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] agar āp[pn.pl.nē] jamā karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , tō āp[pn.pl.kē] harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . but constantly and (x[root]|x) deed in if you[.nē] accumulate , then you[.kē] (x[root]|x) deed (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[fut.f.sg.23] .
228If you have accumulated at every moment through every action, then your actions will be worshipped.
168बहुत थोड़े देवताओं की हर कर्म की पूजा होती है . bahut thōṛē dēvtāō̃ kī|key har|her karma kī|key pūjā hōtī hai . bahut thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēvtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . very short deity (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x[root]|x) deed (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres.sg.f.23] . 169कभी-कभी वालों की सारे दिन में कभी-कभी होगी . kabhī-kabhī vālō̃ kī|key sārē din mē̃ kabhī-kabhī hōgī . kabhī[adv.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kabhī[adv.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . ever those who (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) the whole day in ever be[fut.f.sg.23] .
229Very few deities have every action worshipped. 230For those who do this sometimes, they will also only be worshipped sometimes throughout the day.
170और स्नेह , सहयोग वाली जो आत्मायें हैं , स्नेह से सहयोग से जो जमा करते हैं उन्हों की चाहे छोटी सी मूर्ति भी हो , मन्दिर भले छोटा हो लेकिन उस मूर्ति से स्नेह और सहयोग का वरदान प्रैक्टिकल में अनुभव होगा . aur snēh , sahyōg vālī jō ātmāyē̃ haĩ , snēh sē sahyōg sē jō jamā kartē haĩ unhō̃ kī chāhē chhōṭī see|sī|C mūrti bhī hō , mandir bhalē chhōṭā hō lēkin us mūrti sē snēh aur sahyōg kā vardān practical mē̃ anubhav hōgā . aur snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] jō[pn.;d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[opt.sg.23.past-part+cāhnā] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C mūrti, mūrt[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin vah[pn.sg.o.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] practical mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . and love , cooperation those who that soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] , love from cooperation from that accumulate that do[opt.sg.23.past-part+cāhnā] small (see|x) image too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , temple benefit small (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but that image from love and cooperation of blessing practical in experience be[fut.m.sg.23] . 171समझा . samjhā . samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] . (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) .
231All the souls who cooperate with love and cooperation, who accumulate with love and cooperation, whether their image is even a small idol or whether the temple to them may be small, others would experience love from that idol and experience the blessing of cooperation in a practical way.
172अभी अपने को चेक करना कि चारों बातों में मेरा जमा का खाता कितना है ? abhī apnē kō check karnā ki chārō̃ bātō̃ mē̃ mērā jamā kā khātā kitnā hai ? ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] chārō̃ bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] jamā kā khātā[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? now one’s own to check do[inf.m.sg.d.] that x matter in I[.kā] saving account so be[pres.sg.23] ?
232Do you understand? 233Now, check yourself: Out of all these four types, how much have you accumulated?
173तीन में ज्यादा है , एक में कम है , या एक में ज्यादा है , तीन में कम है ? tīn mē̃ jyādā hai , ēk mē̃ kam|cum hai , yā ēk mē̃ jyādā hai , tīn mē̃ kam|cum hai ? tīn[adj.] mē̃[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] mē̃[postp.] kam[adj.]|cum hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yā ēk[adj.] mē̃[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tīn[adj.] mē̃[postp.] kam[adj.]|cum hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x in more be[pres.sg.23] , one in (less|x) be[pres.sg.23] , or one in more be[pres.sg.23] , x in (less|x) be[pres.sg.23] ?
234Is it that one is greater than the other three? 235Or, is it less in one? 236Is it less in three aspects?
174बापदादा ने जो रिजल्ट देखी तो बापदादा को पसन्द नहीं आई . bāpdādā nē jō result dēkhī tō bāpdādā kō pasand nahī̃ āī|eye|I . bāpdādā nē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] result dēkhnā[past-part.f.] tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . BapDada ∅ that result see[past-part.f.] then BapDada to love not (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) .
237BapDada did not like the result He saw. 238What can Baba show you now?
175अभी बैठकर क्या बतायें , इसलिए शार्ट में ही कहते हैं कि विनाश को जल्दी लाना है तो इस वर्ष से इन चारों ही बातों में जमा का खाता बढ़ाओ . abhī baiṭhkar kyā batāyē̃ , isliē short mē̃ hī kahtē haĩ ki vināśh kō jaldī lānā hai tō is varṣh sē in chārō̃ hī bātō̃ mē̃ jamā kā khātā baṛhāō . ab[adv.hī] baiṭhnā[abs.] kyā batānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , isliē short mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jaldī lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] in|yah[pn.pl.o.] chārō̃ hī[p.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] jamā kā khātā[x] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now sit[abs.] what tell[opt.pl.12hon3] , therefore short in only say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that destruction to very quickly x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then this year from (in|this) x only matter in saving account increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 176कम खर्च बालानशीन बनो . kam|cum kharcha bālānaśhīn banō . kam[adj.]|cum kharch, kharchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bālānaśhīn[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (less|x) expenditure one who brings about greater glorification become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
239Therefore, Baba is telling you in essence that this year, if you wish to bring destruction quickly, then you have to increase the account of accumulation of all four aspects in your chart.
177वाणी से भी ज्यादा व्यर्थ जाता है , जो जरूरत भी नहीं होगी उसमें भी टाइम लगा देते हैं . vāṇī sē bhī jyādā vyarth jātā hai , jō jarūrat bhī nahī̃ hōgī usmē̃ bhī time lagā dētē haĩ . vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] , jō[pn.;d.] jarūrat[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] time lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . words from too more wasteful go[pres.sg.m.23] , that need too not be[fut.f.sg.23] that[.mē̃] too time attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
240Become those who experience greater success through less expense. 241You also waste a lot through words.
178मन्सा में जो सोचने की बात नहीं है , वह भी सोचने लग जाते हैं तो जमा का खाता कम हो जाता है . mansā mē̃ jō sōchnē kī|key bāt nahī̃ hai , vah bhī sōchnē lag jātē haĩ tō jamā kā khātā kam hō jātā hai . mansā mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sōchnā[root.inf+lagnā] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō jamā kā khātā[x] kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . through the mind in that think[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) matter not be[pres.sg.23] , that too think[root.inf+lagnā] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then saving account decrease .
242You spend a lot of time in things that are not essential. 243You think about what you don't have to think about.
179वेस्ट जाता है , जमा नहीं होता . waste|west jātā hai , jamā nahī̃ hōtā . waste|west jānā[pres.sg.m.23] , jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . (waste|west) go[pres.sg.m.23] , (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
244So, the account of accumulation is reduced.
180तो विनाश के पहले जमा का खाता बढ़ाओ . tō vināśh kē|K pahlē jamā kā khātā baṛhāō . tō vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] jamā kā khātā[x] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then destruction (of|K) (x|firstly) saving account increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
245A lot is wasted and not accumulated.
181तो बापदादा को विनाश का आर्डर देने में क्या देरी लगेगी , ताली बजाई और हुआ . tō bāpdādā kō vināśh kā order dēnē mē̃ kyā dērī lagēgī , tālī bajāī aur huā . tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] order dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kyā dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagnā[fut.f.sg.23] , tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[past-part.f.] aur hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then BapDada to destruction of order give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in what x x[fut.f.sg.23] , clapping play[past-part.f.] and be[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 182यह ताली तो बजा ली ना . yah tālī tō bajā lī nā . yah[pn.sg.d.] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō bajnā[past-part.f..past-part+lēnā]|bajānā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] nā . this clapping then (x[past-part.f..past-part+lēnā]|play[past-part.f..root+lēnā]) ∅ .
246Before destruction take splace, increase the account of accumulation. 247It would not take BapDada long to give an order for destruction.
183अभी तैयारी की ताली बजाओ . abhī taiyārī kī|key tālī bajāō . ab[adv.hī] taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
248He would just clap and it would happen.
184 ( सभी बार-बार तालियां बजा रहे हैं ) आज तालियों की महफिल ज्यादा है . ( sabhī bār-bār tāliyā̃ bajā rahē haĩ ) āj tāliyō̃ kī|key mahaphil jyādā hai . ( sab[adv.hī] bār[n.f.;sg.] tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bajānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) āj x kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mahphil[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( all time clapping play[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) today x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x more be[pres.sg.23] .
249You clapped just now, but now, applaud for the preparations. 250(Everyone was clapping again and again.)
185बापदादा बच्चों को देख करके खुश हैं . bāpdādā bachchō̃ kō dēkh karkē khuśh haĩ . bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada child to see[root] do[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
251Today, the gathering of those who applaud is greater.
186समझा इस वर्ष में क्या करना है ? samjhā is varṣh mē̃ kyā karnā hai ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) this year in what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
252BapDada is happy to see the children.
187बापदादा के पास हर एक बच्चे की टी . वी . है और बापदादा कभी-कभी अचानक हर बच्चे की टी . वी . का स्विच आन करते हैं तो बहुत रमणीक दृश्य होता है . bāpdādā kē pās har ēk bachchē kī|key T . we|V . hai aur bāpdādā kabhī-kabhī achānak har|her bachchē kī|key T . we|V . kā switch on kartē haĩ tō bahut ramaṇīk dr̥iśhya hōtā hai . bāpdādā kē pās[x] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key T . we|V . hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur bāpdādā kabhī[adv.] achānak harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key T . we|V . kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] switch on[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō bahut ramaṇīk[adj.] dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada to each one child (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x . (x) . be[pres.sg.23] and BapDada ever suddenly (x[root]|x) child (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x . (x) . of switch on[x] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then very entertaining x be[pres.sg.m.23] .
253Do you understand what you have to do this year? 254BapDada sometimes suddenly switches on the T.V. of every child. 255Every child's T.V. has very entertaining scenes.
188अचानक करते हैं , प्रोग्राम से करेंगे तो ठीक बैठेंगे , ठीक करेंगे लेकिन अचानक का खेल देखते हैं तो अभी भी मैजारिटी का वेस्ट खाता बहुत है . achānak kartē haĩ , programme sē karē̃gē tō ṭhīk baiṭhē̃gē , ṭhīk karē̃gē lēkin achānak kā khēl dēkhtē haĩ tō abhī bhī majority kā waste|west khātā bahut hai . achānak karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , programme sē[postp.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō ṭhīk[adj.] baiṭhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin achānak kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] majority kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] waste|west khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . suddenly do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , programme from do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then OK sit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , OK do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but suddenly of (play|play[root]) see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then now too majority of (waste|west) (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) very be[pres.sg.23] .
256Baba does it suddenly, for if He were to look at the T.V. according to a programme, then you would be sitting all right. 257However, BapDada plays the game of suddenly watching it, and the majority have a lot of account of wastage.
189बापदादा ने पहले एक स्लोगन दिया था - कम बोलो , मीठा बोलो . bāpdādā nē pahlē ēk slōgan diyā thā - kam|cum bōlō , mīṭhā bōlō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] ēk[adj.] slogan dēnā[past-perf.m.sg.] - kam[adj.]|cum bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) one slogan give[past-perf.m.sg.] - (less|x) speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sweet speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
258BapDada had given you a slogan earlier: Speak less, speak sweetly.
190याद है ? yād hai ? yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ? 191सभी ने यह स्लोगन चारों ओर लिखकर भी लगाया था , लेकिन दीवारों में तो लग गया , अभी दिल में लगाओ . sabhī nē yah slōgan chārō̃ ōr likhkar bhī lagāyā thā , lēkin dīvārō̃ mē̃ tō lag gayā , abhī dil mē̃ lagāō . sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] slogan chārō̃ ōr[x] likhnā[abs.] bhī[p.] lagānā[past-perf.m.sg.] , lēkin dīvār[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] tō lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ab[adv.hī] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . all ∅ this slogan everywhere write[abs.] too attach[past-perf.m.sg.] , but wall in then x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , now heart in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
259Do you all remember it? 260All of you had also written this slogan and put it up everywhere. 261It was put up on the walls.
192एडवान्स पार्टी का सब पूछते हैं , कहाँ हैं , क्या करते हैं ? advance party kā sab pūchhtē haĩ , kahā̃ haĩ , kyā kartē haĩ ? advance party[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adj.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kahā̃ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? advance party of all ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , where be[pres.pl.12hon3] , what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
262Now, write it on your heart. 263All of you ask what the advance party are doing.
193क्यों नहीं प्रत्यक्ष होते हैं ? kyō̃ nahī̃ pratyakṣha hōtē haĩ ? kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? why not visible be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
264Why are they not being revealed?
194तो वह आत्मायें कहती हैं हम प्रत्यक्ष होंगे तो क्या हम अकेले प्रत्यक्ष होंगे कि साथ-साथ होंगे ? tō vah ātmāyē̃ kahtī haĩ ham pratyakṣha hōṅgē tō kyā ham akēlē pratyakṣha hōṅgē ki sāth-sāth hōṅgē ? tō vah[pn.sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kyā ham[pn.pl.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] sāth-sāth hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then that soul say[pres.pl.f.12hon3] we visible be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then what we alone visible be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
265Those souls are asking that if they are revealed, is it that they will be revealed by themselves or will you be revealed at the same time?
195अगर मानों एडवान्स पार्टी का पार्ट प्रत्यक्ष होता है तो कौन हैं , यह क्या है , उसमें आप नहीं होंगे ? agar mānō̃ advance party kā part pratyakṣha hōtā hai tō kaun haĩ , yah kyā hai , usmē̃ āp nahī̃ hōṅgē ? agar mānō̃ advance party[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] āp[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? if just consider advance party of part visible be[pres.sg.m.23] then who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this what be[pres.sg.23] , that[.mē̃] you not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
266What will happen if the part of the advance party is revealed? 267Then, you would not be amongst those for whom it is said, "Who are these? 268What is this?"
196क्या सिर्फ एडवान्स पार्टी प्रत्यक्ष होगी ? kyā sirph advance party pratyakṣha hōgī ? kyā sirph[adj.] advance party[x] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] ? what only advance party visible be[fut.f.sg.23] ?
269You would not be amongst them; it would just be the advance party.
197वह भी आपका इन्तजार कर रहे हैं कि एक साथ ताली बजायें . vah bhī āpkā intjār kar rahē haĩ ki ēk sāth tālī bajāyē̃ . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kā] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . that too you[.kā] wait do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that one with clapping play[opt.pl.12hon3] .
270They are also waiting for you so that you all clap at the same time.
198दूसरे तरफ विनाश का समय आपका इन्तजार कर रहा है , आप इन्तजार नहीं करो वह कर रहा है . dūsrē taraph vināśh kā samay āpkā intjār kar rahā hai , āp intjār nahī̃ karō vah kar rahā hai . dūsrē taraph[x] vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , āp[pn.pl.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . x destruction of time you[.kā] wait do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , you wait not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
271On the other hand, the time for destruction is waiting for you. 272You mustn't wait for it; it is waiting for you.
199समय तो आपकी रचना है , आप आर्डर करो तो वह तो सदा तैयार है . samay tō āpkī rachnā hai , āp order karō tō vah tō sadā taiyār hai . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kī] rachnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , āp[pn.pl.] order karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] tō sadā taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . time then you[.kī] x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , you order do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then that then constantly x be[pres.sg.23] .
273Time is your creation. 274If you order it, time is always ready for you.
200तो अभी अपने को अचल-अडोल बनाने की , बनने की तैयारी करो . tō abhī apnē kō achal-aḍōl banānē kī|key , bannē kī|key taiyārī karō . tō ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] achal[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then now one’s own to unshakeable create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
275Now, make preparations to make yourself and others unshakeable and immovable.
201जो भी आपके सम्पर्क-सम्बन्ध में आते हैं , मानों टीचर्स हैं या निमित्त बड़े भाई या बहनें हैं , उन्हों को अपने सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क वाले ग्रुप को इस वर्ष में ऐसा तैयार करना है जो हर एक के मुख से निकले कि हम अनुभवी मूर्त हैं . jō bhī āpkē sampark-sambandha mē̃ ātē haĩ , mānō̃ teachers haĩ yā nimitt baṛē bhāī yā bahanē̃ haĩ , unhō̃ kō apnē sambandh-sampark vālē group kō is varṣh mē̃ aisā taiyār karnā hai jō har ēk kē|K mukh sē nikalē ki ham anubhavī mūrt haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , mānō̃ teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] yā bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] jō[pn.;d.] har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that too you[.kē] x in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , just consider teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] or instrument very (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) or x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that to one’s own x those who group to this year in such x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that each one (of|K) mouth from (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that we experienced image be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 202चाहे सेन्टर पर साथी हैं , चाहे प्रवृत्ति में रहने वाले हैं , लेकिन हर एक के सहयोग से , वृत्ति से ऐसा ग्रुप तैयार करो जो कोई के भी मुख से , कोई की भी वृत्ति से ऐसा अनुभव नहीं हो कि यह अनुभवी मूर्त बनने वाली है , बनी नहीं है . chāhē centre par sāthī haĩ , chāhē pravr̥itti mē̃ rahnē vālē haĩ , lēkin har ēk kē|K sahyōg sē , vr̥itti sē aisā group taiyār karō jō kōī kē|K bhī mukh sē , kōī kī|key bhī vr̥itti sē aisā anubhav nahī̃ hō ki yah anubhavī mūrt bannē vālī hai , banī nahī̃ hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bannā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) centre (at|other) companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) famille in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but each one (of|K) cooperation from , attitude from such group x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that some (of|K) too mouth from , some (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too attitude from such experience not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that this experienced image become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] , become[past-part.f.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
276Whoever comes into your connection, whether they are teachers or instrument brothers and sisters, you souls have to prepare your contact souls in such a way that it emerges from everyone's lips whether they are your companions at the centre or those living in the household with the attitude of everyone's co operation, prepare such a group that you don't hear from their lips or you don't experience from their attitude, that you are going to become the embodiment of experience, that you have not yet become that. 277Do you understand? 278Do not think that the seniors at the centre have become that and that you haven't become that.
203समझा ? samjhā ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) ? 204ऐसे नहीं समझना कि जो सेन्टर्स के बड़े हैं , वह बने , हम तो बने नहीं . aisē nahī̃ samajhnā ki jō centres kē|K baṛē haĩ , vah banē , ham tō banē nahī̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] centre kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] , ham[pn.pl.] tō bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] . it isn't that understand[inf.m.sg.d.] that that centre (of|K) very be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) , we then (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) not . 205सबकी अंगुली चाहिए . sabkī aṅgulī chāhiē . sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . everyone's finger (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
279Everyone's finger is needed. 280Even if they are those who are working in the kitchen, everyone is responsible.
206चाहे भण्डारे का कार्य करने वाले भी हैं लेकिन सभी ज़िम्मेवार हैं . chāhē bhaṇḍārē kā kārya karnē vālē bhī haĩ lēkin sabhī zimmēvār haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bhanḍārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin sab[adv.hī] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) treasure store of task do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but all x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
281Now, at the end of this year, Baba will ask you the result, because it is now the Diamond Jubilee.
207अभी इस वर्ष की एन्ड में यह रिजल्ट पूछेंगे क्योंकि डायमण्ड जुबली हो गई , अभी समाप्ति के नज़दीक हैं . abhī is varṣh kī|key end mē̃ yah result pūchhē̃gē kyōṅki diamond jubilee hō gaī , abhī samāpti kē|K nazdīk haĩ . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key end mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] result pūchhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki diamond jubilee[x] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] , ab[adv.hī] samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nazdīk hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . now this year (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) end in this result ask[fut.m.pl.12hon3] because x be[past-part.f..root+jānā] , now completion (of|K) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
282You are now close to completion. 283If you do not become a diamond in the Diamond Jubilee, then which other jubilee will you celebrate?
208डायमण्ड जुबली में भी डायमण्ड नहीं बनेंगे तो कौन सी जुबली और मनायेंगे ? diamond jubilee mē̃ bhī diamond nahī̃ banē̃gē tō kaun see|sī|C jubilee aur manāyēṅgē ? diamond jubilee[x] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] diamond nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C jubilee aur manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? x in too diamond not become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then who (see|x) x and celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
284Do you wish to celebrate another jubilee or do you want to complete everything? 285Do you want to celebrate another one?
209और मनानी है कि समाप्ति करनी है ? aur manānī hai ki samāpti karnī hai ? aur manānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? and celebrate[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that completion do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
286Dadis, speak! 287Do you want to celebrate the jubilee of a 100 years?
210100 वर्ष की मनानी है ? 100 varṣh kī|key manānī hai ? 100 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key manānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? 100 year (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) celebrate[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? 211मनानी हो तो फिर भले ढीले-ढाले चलो . manānī hō tō phir bhalē ḍhīlē-ḍhālē chalō . manānā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] tō phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . celebrate[pres.pl.2.oblig1] then (then|turn[root]) benefit x continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
288If you wish to celebrate this, then you may move along very slackly.
212अगर जल्दी करना है तो इस वर्ष में पहले आप तो बनो . agar jaldī karnā hai tō is varṣh mē̃ pahlē āp tō banō . agar jaldī karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] āp[pn.pl.] tō bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . if very quickly do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then this year in (x|firstly) you then become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
289If you wish to do everything quickly, then, at least make sure you become this in this year.
213जो रोज़ आने वाले हैं या कभी-कभी की लिस्ट में हैं , ब्राह्मण की लिस्ट में हैं वह सब तो तैयार हो जाओ , जब आप तैयार हो जायेंगे तब ताली बजायेंगे . jō rōz ānē vālē haĩ yā kabhī-kabhī kī|key list mē̃ haĩ , brāhmaṇ kī|key list mē̃ haĩ vah sab tō taiyār hō jāō , jab āp taiyār hō jāyēṅgē tab tālī bajāyēṅgē . jō[pn.;d.] rōz ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā kabhī[adv.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key list mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key list mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] tō taiyār[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , jab āp[pn.pl.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tab tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that day (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] or ever (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) list in be[pres.pl.12hon3] , Brahmin (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) list in be[pres.pl.12hon3] that all then x be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , when you x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] for only then clapping play[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
290Those who are in the list of those who come every day or even sometimes, those who are in the list of Brahmins, all of you should become ready. 291There will be applause when you are ready. 292If you become ready tomorrow, then there will be applause tomorrow.
214अगर कल तैयार हो जाओ तो कल बजायेंगे . agar kal taiyār hō jāō tō kal bajāyēṅgē . agar kal taiyār[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] tō kal bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . if x x be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] then x play[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
293(A siren was being heard from outside.) 294Look, the siren is being heard.
215तो सभी तैयार हैं या होने ही हैं ? tō sabhī taiyār haĩ yā hōnē hī haĩ ? tō sab[adv.hī] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then all x be[pres.pl.12hon3] or be[inf.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
295Are all of you ready? 296Or, are you still going to become ready?
216सेन्टर पर रहने वाले वा सेन्टर पर आने वाले हर बच्चे की रिजल्ट देखेंगे कि नम्बर कौन लेता है , ठीक है ? centre par rahnē vālē vā centre par ānē vālē har|her bachchē kī|key result dēkhē̃gē ki number kaun lētā hai , ṭhīk hai ? centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vā centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] number kaun[pn.;d.] lēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? centre (at|other) remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who or centre (at|other) (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who (x[root]|x) child (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that number who take[pres.sg.m.23] , OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
297Baba will see the result. 298Out of those who are living at a centre and all those who go to a centre, we shall see who claims a number.
217पाण्डव ठीक है ? pāṇḍav ṭhīk hai ? pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? Pandava OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
299Is this all right?
218पाण्डव चुप हैं , सोच में हैं क्या ? pāṇḍav chup haĩ , sōch mē̃ haĩ kyā ? pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] chup[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sōchnā[root] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyā ? Pandava silence be[pres.pl.12hon3] , think[root] in be[pres.pl.12hon3] what ?
300Is this all right by the Pandavs? 301Pandavs are quiet.
219देखो , बापदादा ने तो अपना वायदा पूरा किया , डेट पर आ गये ना . dēkhō , bāpdādā nē tō apnā vāydā pūrā kiyā , date par ā gayē nā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pūrā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , date par[postp.]|par[adj.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] nā . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , BapDada ∅ then (one’s own|adopt[root]) promise make full , date (at|other) come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ .
302Are you still thinking? 303Look, BapDada has fulfilled His promise. 304He came on the date He said He would.
220अभी आप भी डेट पर पूरा तैयार हो जाना . abhī āp bhī date par pūrā taiyār hō jānā . ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] date par[postp.]|par[adj.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now you too date (at|other) full x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) .
305Now, all of you should also be ready on the given date.
221यह बड़ा हाल पसन्द है कि छोटा हाल ठीक है ? yah baṛā hall|hāl pasand hai ki chhōṭā hall|hāl ṭhīk hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? this very (hall|x) love be[pres.sg.23] that small (hall|x) OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
306Do you like this big hall or are you happy with the small hall?
222अभी तो और वृद्धि होनी ही है . abhī tō aur vr̥iddhi hōnī hī hai . ab[adv.hī] tō aur vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now then and growth be[inf.f.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
307Now, there has to be further expansion.
223इस हाल में भी पीछे खड़ा होना पड़ेगा , आप भाग्यवान हो जो आराम से बैठे हो . is hall|hāl mē̃ bhī pīchhē khaṛā hōnā paṛēgā , āp bhāgyavān hō jō ārām sē baiṭhē hō . yah[pn.sg.o.] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] pīchhē khaṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] , āp[pn.pl.] bhāgyavān[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] ārām[x] sē[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . this (hall|x) in too x standing be[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] , you fortunate (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that comfort from sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
308Later on, even in this hall, everyone will have to stand. 309However, you are fortunate, in that you are sitting comfortably.
224जितना बड़ा बनायेंगे ना उतना छोटा होता जायेगा . jitnā baṛā banāyēṅgē nā utnā chhōṭā hōtā jāyēgā . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . the more very create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ x small be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .
310The bigger you make it, the smaller it will become.
225अच्छा-जो इस स्थान की सेवा के निमित्त बने हैं , बापदादा उन सबको बहुत-बहुत मुबारक देते हैं . acchā-jō is sthān kī|key sēvā kē nimitt banē haĩ , bāpdādā un sabkō bahut-bahut mubārak dētē haĩ . x yah[pn.sg.o.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , bāpdādā vah[pn.pl.o.] sabkō bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x this place (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service x become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , BapDada that everything very congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
311Achcha, BapDada is giving those who have become instruments for service at this place, many, many congratulations.
226कुछ भी थोड़ा बहुत रह गया है तो सोचना नहीं , तैयार ही है . kuchh bhī thōṛā bahut rah gayā hai tō sōchnā nahī̃ , taiyār hī hai . kuchh bhī[x] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , taiyār[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anything short very remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then think[inf.m.sg.d.] not , x only be[pres.sg.23] .
312Do not think too much about the little work that is still left. 313It is all ready.
227फिर भी देखो बापदादा देख रहे थे कि थोड़े समय में जितना फास्ट काम किया है , उसी प्रमाण समय को देखते हुए बहुत अच्छा प्रोग्रेस किया है और बाकी थोड़ा सा है , वह हो जायेगा . phir bhī dēkhō bāpdādā dēkh rahē thē ki thōṛē samay mē̃ jitnā fast kām kiyā hai , usī pramāṇ samay kō dēkhtē huē bahut achchhā progress kiyā hai aur bākī thōṛā sā hai , vah hō jāyēgā . phir bhī[x] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāpdādā dēkhnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fast kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.hī] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] progress karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur bākī|bākī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . nevertheless see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] BapDada see[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] that short time in the more fast (lust|task) do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that[.hī] (under) time to see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] very achcha progress do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and (others|but) short x be[pres.sg.23] , that be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
314Even so, BapDada has seen that in the short time you had, you have worked very fast, and that you have made very good progress in the time you have taken. 315The little that remains will soon be finished. 316BapDada likes it. 317Dadi complained to all of you, but BapDada is congratulating you.
228बापदादा को पसन्द है . bāpdādā kō pasand hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to love be[pres.sg.23] . 229दादी ने आप लोगों को उल्हना दिया लेकिन बापदादा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . dādī nē āp lōgō̃ kō ulhanā diyā lēkin bāpdādā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . Dadi ∅ you people to complaint give[past-part.m.sg.d.] but BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
318Dadi is there to make you an instrument, for if Dadi hadn't said anything, you wouldn't have done anything.
230दादी निमित्त है बनाने के , अगर नहीं कहती तो आप आज बना नहीं पाते . dādī nimitt hai banānē kē|K , agar nahī̃ kahtī tō āp āj banā nahī̃ pātē . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , agar nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres-part.f.] tō āp[pn.pl.] āj banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] pānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . Dadi instrument be[pres.sg.23] create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) , if not say[pres-part.f.] then you today (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) not x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
319It is Dadi's work to tell you and BapDada's work to congratulate you.
231तो उनका काम है कहना और बापदादा का काम है मुबारक देना . tō unkā kām hai kahnā aur bāpdādā kā kām hai mubārak dēnā . tō vah[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then that[.kā] (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] say[inf.m.sg.d.] and BapDada of (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] congratulations give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
320Baba cannot mention the names personally as there are many (construction people).
232नाम तो नहीं ले सकते , बहुत हैं लेकिन जो मुख्य कन्स्ट्रक्शन के निमित्त हैं , वह खड़े हो जाओ . nām tō nahī̃ lē saktē , bahut haĩ lēkin jō mukhya construction kē nimitt haĩ , vah khaṛē hō jāō . nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] lēnā[opt.sg.23]|lēnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] mukhya[adj.] construction kē nimitt[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . name then not (take[opt.sg.23]|take[root]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , very be[pres.pl.12hon3] but that main construction x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that standing be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
321The main construction group of those who are instruments, stand up! 322(Speaking to Nirwair) You are the backbone, are you not?
233 ( निर्वैर भाई ) यह आपका बैकबोन है ना . ( nirvair bhāī ) yah āpkā backbone hai nā . ( nirvair[adj.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] backbone hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . ( x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) ) this you[.kā] backbone be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
323Everyone, say from your heart: Congratulations, congratulations.
234सभी दिल से बोलो मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . sabhī dil sē bōlō mubārak hō , mubārak hō . sab[adv.hī] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all heart from speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 235इस बारी की रिजल्ट में बापदादा को सबूत मिला कि हर बच्चे का बाप से कितना स्नेह है . is bārī kī|key result mē̃ bāpdādā kō sabūt milā ki har|her bachchē kā bāp sē kitnā snēh hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result in BapDada to x (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) that (x[root]|x) child of father from so love be[pres.sg.23] .
324(Speaking to the contractors) This time, BapDada saw in the result the proof of how much love every child has for the Father; that the Father said it and the children said, "Ji hazoor, Ji ha" (Yes indeed, at your service).
236बाप ने कहा और बच्चों ने जी हज़ूर , जी हाजिर किया . bāp nē kahā aur bachchō̃ nē jī hazūr , jī hājir kiyā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] jīnā[root]|jī[x]|jīnā[past-part.f.] hajūr , jīnā[root]|jī[x]|jīnā[past-part.f.] hāzir[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . father ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] and child ∅ (live[root]|ji|live[past-part.f.]) Lord , (live[root]|ji|live[past-part.f.]) present do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
325They were given little time. 326According to the time given, you have worked very hard. 327You have done well.
237 ( कान्ट्रैक्टर्स प्रति ) इन्हों को समय कम मिला है , समय के अनुसार काम बहुत किया , अच्छा किया और आप सबने भी सहयोग दिया इसीलिए बापदादा एक एक का दिल में नाम ले रहा है , मुख से नहीं दिल से . ( kānṭraikṭarsa prati ) inhō̃ kō samay kam|cum milā hai , samay kē|K anusār kām bahut kiyā , achchhā kiyā aur āp sabnē bhī sahyōg diyā isīliē bāpdādā ēk ēk kā dil mē̃ nām lē rahā hai , mukh sē nahī̃ dil sē . ( x prati ) yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam[adj.]|cum milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anusār kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur āp[pn.pl.] sabnē bhī[p.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] isīliē bāpdādā ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] . ( x for ) this to time (less|x) receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , time (of|K) according to (lust|task) very do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and you x too cooperation give[past-part.m.sg.d.] x BapDada one one of heart in name take[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , mouth from not heart from .
328And all of you gave your cooperation. 329This is why BapDada is mentioning the name of each one in His heart. 330He is not mentioning it with His lips, but in His heart. 331Children from this land and abroad, congratulations for giving the proof of love.
238देश-विदेश के सभी बच्चों को स्नेह के सबूत की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . dēśh-vidēśh kē|K sabhī bachchō̃ kō snēh kē|K sabūt kī|key mubārak dē rahē haĩ . dēśh-vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x (of|K) all child to love (of|K) x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
332Every child has given his finger with his heart. 333No matter in which form, with everyone's cooperation, Shantivan has become ready on time.
239हर बच्चे ने अपने दिल से अंगुली दी है , चाहे किस भी रूप में , लेकिन सर्व के सहयोग से यह शान्तिवन समय पर तैयार हो गया . har|her bachchē nē apnē dil sē aṅgulī dī hai , chāhē kis bhī rūp mē̃ , lēkin sarv kē|K sahyōg sē yah śhāntivan samay par taiyār hō gayā . harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , lēkin sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . (x[root]|x) child ∅ one’s own heart from finger give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) (what|who) too Rup in , but all (of|K) cooperation from this Shantivan time (at|other) x be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
334It is ready to sit in, is it not? 335You are not having to stand, are you? 336You are standing just because you want to, but otherwise, you are able to sit down.
240बैठने के योग्य तो है ना . baiṭhnē kē|K yōgya tō hai nā . baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K yōgya[adj.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) worthy then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 241अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
337It is good; this is an unlimited hall.
242बेहद का हाल है लेकिन आगे क्या करेंगे ? bēhad kā hall|hāl hai lēkin āgē kyā karē̃gē ? bēhad kā[x] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin āgē kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? unlimited (hall|x) be[pres.sg.23] but previously what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
338What will you do further now? 339Is just this much all right?
243बस इतना ही ठीक है ? bas itnā hī ṭhīk hai ? basnā[root]|bas itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? (x[root]|simply) such only OK be[pres.sg.23] ? 244कई बच्चों ने बापदादा को मीठा-मीठा उल्हना भी दिया कि हमने समझा था कि अभी संख्या नहीं मिलेगी , जो आना चाहे वो आये . kaī bachchō̃ nē bāpdādā kō mīṭhā-mīṭhā ulhanā bhī diyā ki hamnē samjhā thā ki abhī saṅkhyā nahī̃ milēgī , jō ānā chāhē vō āyē . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.nē] samajhnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] ānā[opt.sg.23.inf+cāhnā] vah[pn.;d.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] . some child ∅ BapDada to sweet complaint too give[past-part.m.sg.d.] that we[.nē] understand[past-perf.m.sg.] that now x not receive[fut.f.sg.23] , that come[opt.sg.23.inf+cāhnā] that (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) .
340Many children have complained sweetly to BapDada saying: We thought that we would not be given an allocation, but that it would be all right for whoever was able to come.
245लेकिन संख्या तो और कम हो गई , बहुत थोड़ी संख्या मिली है . lēkin saṅkhyā tō aur kam hō gaī , bahut thōṛī saṅkhyā milī hai . lēkin saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] tō aur kam hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] , bahut thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . but x then and decrease , very short x receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
341However, the allocation has become even smaller. 342There was a very small allocation given this time.
246तो अभी क्या करना पड़े , सोचना . tō abhī kyā karnā paṛē , sōchnā . tō ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then now what do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , think[inf.m.sg.d.] .
343So, what will you do now? 344You have to think of something.
247अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 248टीचर्स समझती हैं ना कि और संख्या मिलनी चाहिए . teachers samajhtī haĩ nā ki aur saṅkhyā milnī chāhiē . teacher samajhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] nā ki[conj.] aur saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[.oblig3] . teacher understand[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ∅ that and x receive[.oblig3] .
345Teachers think that they should be given a larger allocation to bring here.
249टीचर्स हाथ उठाओ . teachers hāth uṭhāō . teacher hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . teacher raise your hands .
346Do you think this?
250टीचर्स को तो चांस अच्छा मिल जाता है एक ग्रुप में आते तो दूसरे में भी आ जाते . teachers kō tō chance achchhā mil jātā hai ēk group mē̃ ātē tō dūsrē mē̃ bhī ā jātē . teacher kō[postp.] tō chance achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ēk[adj.] group mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . teacher to then chance achcha receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] one group in come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then other in too come[root] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
347You think that you should be given this. 348Teachers, raise your hands! 349Teachers get a good chance.
251अभी सभी टीचर्स क्या करेंगी ? abhī sabhī teachers kyā karē̃gī ? ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] teacher kyā karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? now all teacher what do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? 252रिजल्ट देंगी ना ? result dē̃gī nā ? result dēnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] nā ? result give[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
350They come in the first group and then in the second group also.
253सेन्टर को तैयार करेंगी ? centre kō taiyār karē̃gī ? centre kō[postp.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? centre to x do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
351What will all the teachers do now?
254जो समझती हैं हो सकता है , वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtī haĩ hō saktā hai , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.f.12hon3] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , that raise your hands .
352You will give the result, will you not? 353Will you prepare the centre now?
255सभी निमित्त हैं , चाहे छोटी सी कुमारी रहती है , कुमार रहते हैं , भाई रहते हैं , सब ज़िम्मेवार हैं . sabhī nimitt haĩ , chāhē chhōṭī see|sī|C kumārī rahtī hai , kumār rahtē haĩ , bhāī rahtē haĩ , sab zimmēvār haĩ . sab[adv.hī] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C kumārī[x] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] , kumār[x] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sab[adj.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) small (see|x) kumari remain[pres.sg.f.23] , kumar remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , all x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
354Those who think that this is possible, raise your hands! 355All of you are instruments, whether you are a small kumari, a small kumar or a brother, all are responsible.
256एक साल दिया है , एक मास नहीं दिया है , एक साल दिया है . ēk sāl diyā hai , ēk mās nahī̃ diyā hai , ēk sāl diyā hai . ēk[adj.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , ēk[adj.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . one year give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , one (month|x) not give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , one year give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
356Baba has given you one year; not one month, but one year.
257मधुबन भी तैयार होगा ना . madhuban bhī taiyār hōgā nā . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . Madhuban too x be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
357Madhuban will also be ready, will it not?
258मधुबन वाले हाथ उठाओ . madhuban vālē hāth uṭhāō . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Madhuban those who raise your hands .
358Those from Madhuban, raise your hands!
259तो पहला एक्जैम्पल कौन बनेगा ? tō pahlā example kaun banēgā ? tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] example kaun[pn.;d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23] ? then x example who become[fut.m.sg.23] ?
359So who will become the first example? 360Madhuban?
260मधुबन या सभी साथ बनेंगे ? madhuban yā sabhī sāth banē̃gē ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā sab[adv.hī] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? Madhuban or all with become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
361Or, will all of you become this together?
261बापदादा ने देखा है कि मधुबन को कॉपी करना सबको आता है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki madhuban kō copy karnā sabkō ātā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] copy karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sabkō ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that Madhuban to copy do[inf.m.sg.d.] everything come[pres.sg.m.23] .
362BapDada has seen that everyone knows how to copy Madhuban.
262चाहे अच्छी बात हो , चाहे कोई भी बात हो लेकिन मधुबन को कॉपी करना बहुत सहज आता है . chāhē achchhī bāt hō , chāhē kōī bhī bāt hō lēkin madhuban kō copy karnā bahut sahaj ātā hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] copy karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bahut sahaj[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) achcha matter (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) anyone matter (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but Madhuban to copy do[inf.m.sg.d.] very easy come[pres.sg.m.23] . 263और एक स्लोगन बन गया है - मधुबन में भी तो होता है ! aur ēk slōgan ban gayā hai - madhuban mē̃ bhī tō hōtā hai ! aur ēk[adj.] slogan bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] - madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! and one slogan become[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] - Madhuban in too then be[pres.sg.m.23] !
363Whether it is something good or something else, everyone know show to copy Madhuban very easily. 364A slogan has been created, 'This also happens in Madhuban'. 365Therefore, this year, do not speak this slogan.
264अभी इस वर्ष में यह स्लोगन नहीं कहना , इस वर्ष का स्लोगन है , मुझे करना है . abhī is varṣh mē̃ yah slōgan nahī̃ kahnā , is varṣh kā slōgan hai , mujhē karnā hai . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] slogan nahī̃[neg] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] slogan hōnā[pres.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.kō] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now this year in this slogan not say[inf.m.sg.d.] , this year of slogan be[pres.sg.23] , I[.kō] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
366The slogan for this year is: "I have to do this." 367Not that, "this happens and that happens"; no. 368"I have to do this."
265यह भी होता है , यह भी होता है , नहीं . yah bhī hōtā hai , yah bhī hōtā hai , nahī̃ . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , nahī̃[neg] . this too be[pres.sg.m.23] , this too be[pres.sg.m.23] , not .
369I am Arjuna, not the one whom I am seeing. 370I am Arjuna.
266करना ही है . karnā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] . 267मुझे करना है . mujhē karnā hai . maĩ[pn.sg.kō] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . I[.kō] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
371I am an instrument to become this.
268अर्जुन मैं हूँ . arjun maĩ hū̃ . arjun maĩ[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . Arjuna I be[pres.sg.1] . 269दूसरा अर्जुन नहीं है , जिसको देखना है . dūsrā arjun nahī̃ hai , jiskō dēkhnā hai . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arjun nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.sg.kō] dēkhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . other Arjuna not be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kō] see[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
372Achcha, whatever facilities you have received in this mela, are you content with them?
270मैं अर्जुन हूँ , मैं निमित्त हूँ . maĩ arjun hū̃ , maĩ nimitt hū̃ . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] arjun hōnā[pres.sg.1] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . I Arjuna be[pres.sg.1] , I instrument be[pres.sg.1] .
373You are not saying yes loudly. 374(Ha ji).
271अच्छा-इस मेले में जो प्रबन्ध मिला है उसमें सब सन्तुष्ट हो ? acchā-is mēlē mē̃ jō prabandh milā hai usmē̃ sab santuṣhṭ hō ? x mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] prabandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] sab[adj.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? x fair in that arrangement receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.mē̃] all content (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
375Are those sitting at the back content? 376You are content now and will be so in the future also.
272सन्तुष्ट अभी भी हैं और आगे भी हो जायेंगे . santuṣhṭ abhī bhī haĩ aur āgē bhī hō jāyēṅgē . santuṣhṭ[adj.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur āgē bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . content now too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and previously too be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
377And all those who are sitting at the sides, are you content?
273तो इस वर्ष का अन्त और दूसरे वर्ष का आदि तो संगम हो गया ना . tō is varṣh kā ant aur dūsrē varṣh kā ādi tō saṅgam hō gayā nā . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādi[adj.] tō saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . then this year of end and other year of etc. then confluence be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ . 274तो संगम का बापदादा सभी को टाइटल देते हैं - सन्तुष्ट आत्मायें , सन्तुष्ट मणियां . tō saṅgam kā bāpdādā sabhī kō title dētē haĩ - santuṣhṭ ātmāyē̃ , santuṣhṭ maṇiyā̃ . tō saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] title dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - santuṣhṭ[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , santuṣhṭ[adj.] maṇi[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] . then confluence of BapDada all to title give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - content soul , content jewel .
378All those on this side; you are saying yes, very slowly. 379So, today it is the confluence of the end of this year and the beginning of the New Year, and so BapDada gives everyone the title for the confluence: Contented souls, jewels of contentment.
275चाहे भाई हैं , चाहे बहिनें हैं लेकिन आत्मा मणी है इसलिए सभी सन्तुष्ट मणियां हैं , और सदा रहेंगी . chāhē bhāī haĩ , chāhē bahinē̃ haĩ lēkin ātmā maṇī hai isliē sabhī santuṣhṭ maṇiyā̃ haĩ , aur sadā rahē̃gī . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bhānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin ātmā[n.f.;sg.] maṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē sab[adv.hī] santuṣhṭ[adj.] maṇi[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , aur sadā rahnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) be liked[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] but soul jewel be[pres.sg.23] therefore all content jewel be[pres.pl.12hon3] , and constantly remain[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
380Whether you are brothers or sisters, the souls are jewels and so all of you are the jewels of contentment and will always be this.
276देखना सन्तुष्टता को छोड़ना नहीं . dēkhnā santuṣhṭatā kō chhōṛnā nahī̃ . dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . see[inf.m.sg.d.] contentment to renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
381Make sure you do not let go of your contentment.
277कितना भी कोई आपके आगे कोशिश करे , आपकी सन्तुष्टता हिलाने के लिए आये लेकिन आप हिलना नहीं , सदा सन्तुष्ट . kitnā bhī kōī āpkē āgē kōśhiśh karē , āpkī santuṣhṭatā hilānē kē liē āyē lēkin āp hilnā nahī̃ , sadā santuṣhṭ . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] āgē kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.kī] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] hilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] hilnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , sadā santuṣhṭ[adj.] . so too some you[.kē] previously try do[opt.sg.23] , you[.kī] contentment make fluctuate[inf.m.pl.,o.] for (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) but you x[inf.m.sg.d.] not , constantly content .
382No matter how much someone tries to make you fluctuate in your contentment, do not fluctuate. 383Constantly remain content. 384Let your face be constantly smiling.
278सदा मुखड़ा मुस्कुराता रहे . sadā mukhṛā muskurātā rahē . sadā mukhṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] muskarānā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . constantly face smile[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . 279कभी कैसा , कभी कैसा नहीं . kabhī kaisā , kabhī kaisā nahī̃ . kabhī[adv.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kabhī[adv.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . ever how , ever how not .
385Not that sometimes it is like this and sometimes a little different.
280सदा मुस्कुराता हुआ चेहरा , अगर चेहरे में कभी थोड़ा फर्क आये तो अपने पूजने वाले चित्र को सामने रखो तो मेरा चित्र तो मुस्कुरा रहा है और मैं सोच रही हूँ . sadā muskurātā huā chēhrā , agar chēhrē mē̃ kabhī thōṛā phark āyē tō apnē pūjnē vālē chitra kō sāmnē rakhō tō mērā chitra tō muskurā rahā hai aur maĩ sōch rahī hū̃ . sadā muskarānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , agar chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] kabhī[adv.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pūjnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sāmnē rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō maĩ[pn.sg.kā] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō muskarānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur maĩ[pn.sg.d.] sōchnā[pres.sg.f.prog.1] . constantly smile[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] face , if face in ever short difference (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) then one’s own x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who picture to x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then I[.kā] picture then smile[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and I think[pres.sg.f.prog.1] .
386Always have a smiling face. 387When there is any difference on your face, then bring your worshipworthy image infront of you; that your image is smiling and yet you are still thinking!
281तो मुस्कुराना सन्तुष्टता की निशानी है . tō muskurānā santuṣhṭatā kī|key niśhānī hai . tō muskarānā[inf.m.sg.d.] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then smile[inf.m.sg.d.] contentment (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] .
388To smile is a sign of contentment. 389What will you become?
282तो क्या बनेंगे ? tō kyā banē̃gē ? tō kyā bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then what become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
390What will you do?
283क्या करेंगे ? kyā karē̃gē ? kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
391A jewel of contentment.
284सन्तुष्टमणि . santuṣhṭamaṇi . santuṣhṭamaṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . jewel of contentment .
392Are you sure?
285चेहरे पर कभी भी और रेखायें नहीं हों , सिवाए मुस्कुराने के . chēhrē par kabhī bhī aur rēkhāyē̃ nahī̃ hō̃ , sivāē muskurānē kē|K . chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] aur rēkhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , sivāē muskarānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . face (at|other) ever too and line not be[opt.pl.12hon3] , except smile[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) .
393Nothing other than your smile should be visible on your face. 394Make unhappiness your servant.
286उदासी को अपनी दासी बना दो . udāsī kō apnī dāsī banā dō . udāsī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|udāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] dāsī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . (unhappiness|x) to one’s own maid create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
395Do not allow it to come onto your face.
287अपने चेहरे पर उसको लाने नहीं देना . apnē chēhrē par uskō lānē nahī̃ dēnā . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] vah[pn.sg.kō] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . one’s own face (at|other) that[.kō] x[inf.m.pl.,o.] not give[inf.m.sg.d.] . 288आर्डर से चलाओ , नहीं आ सकती . order sē chalāō , nahī̃ ā saktī . order sē[postp.] chalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nahī̃[neg] ānā[root] saknā[pres-part.f.] . order from x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , not come[root] can[pres-part.f.] .
396Make it work under your orders, then it cannot come on your face.
289अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 290इस ग्रुप में तो सब जोन आये हैं ना . is group mē̃ tō sab zone āyē haĩ nā . yah[pn.sg.o.] group mē̃[postp.] tō sab[adj.] zone ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā . this group in then all zone come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
397All zones are included in this group, are they not?
291सबसे बड़ी संख्या किसकी है ? sabsē baṛī saṅkhyā kiskī hai ? sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] kaun[pn.sg.kī] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? the most very x who[.kī] be[pres.sg.23] ?
398Which zone has the largest number?
292 ( गुजरात ) गुजरात वालों ने हिम्मत अच्छी की है . ( gujarāt ) gujarāt vālō̃ nē himmat achchhī kī hai . ( gujarāt ) gujarāt vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . ( Gujarat ) Gujarat those who ∅ courage achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
399Those from Gujarat, raise your hands! 400You have maintained good courage.
293 ( महाराष्ट्र , कर्नाटक , ईस्टर्न , पंजाब , दिल्ली , नेपाल , यू . पी . आदि सभी ज़ोन से बापदादा हाथ उठवाकर मिल रहे हैं ) तामिलनाडु कहाँ है ? ( mahārāṣhṭra , karnāṭak , eastern , pañjāb , dillī , nēpāl , U|you . P|pī . ādi sabhī zone sē bāpdādā hāth uṭhvākar mil rahē haĩ ) tāmilnāḍu kahā̃ hai ? ( mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] , karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] , eastern , pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] , U|you . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . ādi[adj.] sab[adv.hī] zone sē[postp.] bāpdādā hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhvānā[abs.] milnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) x kahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? ( Maharashtra , Karnataka , x , Punjab , Delhi , x , (U.|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . etc. all zone from BapDada hand make raise[abs.] receive[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) x where be[pres.sg.23] ?
401(Maharashtra, Karnataka, Eastern Zone, Punjab, Delhi, Nepal, etc. all met BapDada raising their hands in turn.)Even so, Gujarat has received a very good lottery. 402Where is Tamil Nadu?
294तामिलनाडु में भी बहुत अच्छी वृद्धि है . tāmilnāḍu mē̃ bhī bahut achchhī vr̥iddhi hai . x mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x in too very achcha growth be[pres.sg.23] .
403There is very good expansion in Tamil Nadu also.
295डबल फॉरेनर्स को भी डबल मुबारक हो . double foreigners kō bhī double mubārak hō . double foreigner kō[postp.] bhī[p.] double mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . double foreigner to too double congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
404Double congratulations to the double foreigners!
296कन्स्ट्रक्शन वालों ने जिस भी डिपार्टमेंट में काम किया है , वह उठकर खड़े हो जाओ . construction vālō̃ nē jis bhī department mē̃ kām kiyā hai , vah uṭhkar khaṛē hō jāō . construction vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] jō[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] department mē̃[postp.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[abs.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . construction those who ∅ that too x in (lust|task) do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that wake up[abs.] standing be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
405Whichever department the construction people have worked in, stand up!
297कन्स्ट्रक्शन वालों को बापदादा वतन में मसाज करता है . construction vālō̃ kō bāpdādā vatan mē̃ masāj kartā hai . construction vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . construction those who to BapDada world in x do[pres.sg.m.23] .
406In the subtle region BapDada massages those involved in construction.
298जिन्होंने भी काम किया है वह सभी वतन में आना , वतन में मसाज होता है . jinhōnnē bhī kām kiyā hai vah sabhī vatan mē̃ ānā , vatan mē̃ masāj hōtā hai . jō[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that[.nē] too (lust|task) do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that all world in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) , world in x be[pres.sg.m.23] . 299अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
407All those who have worked here, come to the subtle region; very good massage will be given in the subtle region.
300बहुत अच्छा किया है . bahut achchhā kiyā hai . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . very achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
408Achcha, you have done very well.
301 ( इसके पीछे दादी जी और दादी जानकी जी की विशेष प्रेरणा रही है , सभी ने दादियों को मुबारक दी ) सभी ने तालियां तो बजाई और बापदादा उनके लिए ताली बजा रहे हैं जो आप सारी सभा सहयोगी बनी . ( iskē pīchhē dādī jī aur dādī jānkī jī kī viśhēṣh prērṇā rahī hai , sabhī nē dādiyō̃ kō mubārak dī|the ) sabhī nē tāliyā̃ tō bajāī aur bāpdādā unkē liē tālī bajā rahē haĩ jō āp sārī sabhā sahyōgī banī . ( yah[pn.sg.kē] pīchhē dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[root]|jī[x]|jīnā[past-part.f.] aur dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] viśhēṣh[adj.] prērṇā[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the ) sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] tō bajānā[past-part.f.] aur bāpdādā vah[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[past-part.f.] . ( this[.kē] x Dadi (live[root]|ji|live[past-part.f.]) and Dadi x live[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] special inspiration remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , all ∅ Dadi to congratulations (give[past-part.f.]|the) ) all ∅ clapping then play[past-part.f.] and BapDada that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) clapping play[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that you the whole court co-operative become[past-part.f.] .
409(There has been special inspirations from Dadiji and Dadi Janki, and so everyone congratulated the Dadis.) 410All of you applauded and BapDada is applauding because all of you in this gathering were cooperative.
302अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 303चारों ओर के सर्व उमंग-उत्साह से आगे बढ़ने वाले , सदा इकॉनामी के अवतार बन समय , संकल्प , वाणी और कर्म को बचत के खाते में जमा करने वाले , साकार वा आकार रूप में नया वर्ष मनाने वाले सिकीलधे बच्चे , बापदादा देख रहे हैं कि चारों ओर के बच्चे , साकार में नहीं तो आकार रूप में मधुबन में ही हैं और आकार रूप में मना रहे हैं . chārō̃ ōr kē|K sarv umaṅg-utsāh sē āgē baṛhnē vālē , sadā economy kē|K avatār ban samay , saṅkalp , vāṇī aur karma kō bachat kē|K khātē mē̃ jamā karnē vālē , sākār vā ākār rūp mē̃ nayā varṣh manānē vālē sikīladhē bachchē , bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ ki chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchē , sākār mē̃ nahī̃ tō ākār rūp mē̃ madhuban mē̃ hī haĩ aur ākār rūp mē̃ manā rahē haĩ . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā economy kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K avatār[x] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bachat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sākār, sākārī[adj.] vā ākārī, ākār[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nayā varṣh[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sikīladhē[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃ tō[x] ākārī, ākār[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur ākārī, ākār[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . everywhere (of|K) all zeal and enthusiasm from previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , constantly economical (of|K) incarnation (become[root]|x) time , thought , words and deed to x (of|K) (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) in (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , sakar or subtle Rup in New Year celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who beloved, long-lost and now-found child , BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that everywhere (of|K) child , sakar in otherwise subtle Rup in Madhuban in only be[pres.pl.12hon3] and subtle Rup in celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 304तो सभी को बापदादा नये वर्ष की , शान्तिवन के स्थापना की मुबारक और यादप्यार दे रहे हैं . tō sabhī kō bāpdādā nayē varṣh kī|key , śhāntivan kē|K sthāpanā kī|key mubārak aur yādpyār dē rahē haĩ . tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bāpdādā nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] aur yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then all to BapDada new year (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , Shantivan (of|K) establishment (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations and love, remembrance give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 305सभी सन्तुष्ट मणियों को नमस्ते . sabhī santuṣhṭ maṇiyō̃ kō namastē . sab[adv.hī] santuṣhṭ[adj.] maṇi[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] namastē . all content jewel to x .
411To all those in all directions who move forward with zeal and enthusiasm; to those who become an incarnation of economy and accumulate their time, thoughts, words and actions in the savings account; to those who celebrate the New Year in the corporeal and subtle forms; to the longlost and now found children; BapDada is seeing that children in all directions if not in the corporeal form, then in the subtle form are in Madhuban, and are celebrating in the subtle form; and so the time for the confluence of the years is coming.
306 ( दादी जी तथा दादी जानकी जी ने सिन्धी सम्मेलन का समाचार बापदादा को सुनाया ) ( dādī jī tathā dādī jānkī jī nē sindhī sammēlan kā samāchār bāpdādā kō sunāyā ) ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[root]|jī[x]|jīnā[past-part.f.] tathā dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[root]|jī[x]|jīnā[past-part.f.] nē[postp.] sindhī[adj.] sammēlan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) ( Dadi (live[root]|ji|live[past-part.f.]) and Dadi x (live[root]|ji|live[past-part.f.]) ∅ x x of news BapDada to speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) 307इस समय जो सभी ने मिलकर सेवा की और लास्ट में सिन्धी सम्मेलन भी किया तो भारत या विदेश दोनों में जिन्होंने भी सेवा की , निमित्त बनें , उन्हों को सच्ची ज्योत जगाने की विशेष मुबारक है . is samay jō sabhī nē milkar sēvā kī|key aur last mē̃ sindhī sammēlan bhī kiyā tō bhārat yā vidēśh dōnō̃ mē̃ jinhōnnē bhī sēvā kī|key , nimitt banē̃ , unhō̃ kō sachchī jyōt jagānē kī|key viśhēṣh mubārak hai . is samay[x] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] milnā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key aur last mē̃[postp.] sindhī[adj.] sammēlan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] jyōti[n.m.;sg.,d.] jagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key viśhēṣh[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . at this time that all ∅ receive[abs.] service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) and last in x x too do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then Bharat or abroad x in that[.nē] too service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , instrument become[opt.pl.12hon3] , that to true light awaken[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) special congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
412Therefore, Baba congratulates everyone for the establishment of Shantivan and for the New Year and is giving love, remembrances and namaste to all the jewels of contentment. 413New Year greetings: At this time, all of you did service together and you have just had the Sindhi Sammelan.
308 ( सिन्धी सम्मेलन में आये हुए भाई - बहिनों से ) जो अभी यहाँ हैं , वह खड़े हो जाओ . ( sindhī sammēlan mē̃ āyē huē bhāī - bahinō̃ sē ) jō abhī yahā̃ haĩ , vah khaṛē hō jāō . ( sindhī[adj.] sammēlan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] - bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ) jō[pn.;d.] ab[adv.hī] yahā̃ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . ( x x in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) - x from ) that now here be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that standing be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . 309बीज बहुत अच्छा डाला है , फल देखते जाना . bīj bahut achchhā ḍālā hai , phal dēkhtē jānā . bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . seed very achcha create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , fruit see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) .
414And so, both Bharat and foreign lands, and all those who became instruments for service, special congratulations for igniting everyone's light.
310अच्छी सेवा की है . achchhī sēvā kī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . achcha service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . 311मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
415You have sown a good seed.
312 ( बापदादा ने अपने हस्तों से झण्डा फहराया , मोमबत्तियां जलाई , केक काटी और 12 बजे सभी बच्चों को नये वर्ष की बधाई के साथ याद-प्यार दी ) ( bāpdādā nē apnē hastō̃ sē jhaṇḍā phahrāyā , mōmabattiyā̃ jalāī , cake kāṭī aur 12 bajē sabhī bachchō̃ kō nayē varṣh kī|key badhāī kē sāth yād-pyār dī|the ) ( bāpdādā nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hast[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] phahrānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x jalānā[past-part.f.] , cake kāṭnā[past-part.f.] aur 12 bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē sāth[x] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the ) ( BapDada ∅ one’s own x from flag x[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x burn[past-part.f.] , cake bite[past-part.f.] and 12 (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) all child to new year (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) greetings with love, remembrance (give[past-part.f.]|the) ) 313पुराने वर्ष को विदाई दी और नये वर्ष का आह्वान किया , आरम्भ किया . purānē varṣh kō vidāī dī|the aur nayē varṣh kā āhvān kiyā , ārambh kiyā . purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the aur nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āhvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . old year to farewell (give[past-part.f.]|the) and new year of invocation do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x do[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 314जैसे पुराने वर्ष को विदाई दी वैसे वर्ष के साथ जो इस वर्ष में कोई भी कमी रह गई हो , कमजोरी रह गई हो उसको भी सदा के लिए विदाई और सर्व गुणों का आह्वान करके नई दुनिया के स्मृति से , तीव्र गति से आगे बढ़ते चलो , पुरानी बातों को छोड़ो . jaisē purānē varṣh kō vidāī dī|the vaisē varṣh kē sāth jō is varṣh mē̃ kōī bhī kamī rah gaī hō , kamjōrī rah gaī hō uskō bhī sadā kē liē vidāī aur sarv guṇō̃ kā āhvān karkē naī duniyā kē|K smr̥iti sē , tīvr gati sē āgē baṛhtē chalō , purānī bātō̃ kō chhōṛō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī bhī[x] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2.root+jānā] , kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2.root+jānā] vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] sadā kē liē[x] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur sarv[adj.] guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āhvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] , tīvr[adj.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like old year to farewell (give[past-part.f.]|the) x year with that this year in anyone x remain[pres-perf.pl.f.2.root+jānā] , weakness remain[pres-perf.pl.f.2.root+jānā] that[.kō] too constantly for farewell and all virtue of invocation do[abs.] new world (of|K) awareness from , intense speed from previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , old matter to renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 315पुराने को विदाई दी या कभी-कभी बुलायेंगे ? purānē kō vidāī dī|the yā kabhī-kabhī bulāyēṅgē ? purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the yā kabhī[adv.] bulānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? old to farewell (give[past-part.f.]|the) or ever call[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
416Now, continue to see the fruits.
316नहीं ना ? nahī̃ nā ? nahī̃[neg] nā ? not ∅ ? 317सदा के लिए विदाई दी ? sadā kē liē vidāī dī|the ? sadā kē liē[x] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the ? constantly for farewell (give[past-part.f.]|the) ? 318जैसे यह 96 का वर्ष अभी नहीं आयेगा . jaisē yah 96 kā varṣh abhī nahī̃ āyēgā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] 96 kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . like this 96 of year now not come[fut.m.sg.23] .
417You have bade farewell to the old year and have welcomed the New Year; you started the New Year.
319विदाई दे दी ना ! vidāī dē dī nā ! vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] nā ! farewell give[past-part.f..root+dēnā] ∅ ! 320अब आगे 97 आयेगा , 96 नहीं . ab āgē 97 āyēgā , 96 nahī̃ . ab[adv.] āgē 97 ānā[fut.m.sg.23] , 96 nahī̃[neg] . now previously 97 come[fut.m.sg.23] , 96 not . 321इसलिए पुरानी कमजोरियों को स्वाहा करो . isliē purānī kamjōriyō̃ kō svāhā karō . isliē purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] svāhā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore old weakness to x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 322स्वाहा किया ? svāhā kiyā ? svāhā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? x[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
418Just as you bade farewell to the old year, in the same way, whatever weaknesses remained in that year, bid them farewell for all time.
323यह डायमण्ड जुबली हाल है ना तो डायमण्ड जुबली हाल अर्थात् यज्ञ , तो यज्ञ में स्वाहा की हुई चीज़ फिर वापिस नहीं ली जाती . yah diamond jubilee hall|hāl hai nā tō diamond jubilee hall|hāl arthāt yagya , tō yagya mē̃ svāhā kī huī chīz phir vāpis nahī̃ lī jātī . yah[pn.sg.d.] diamond jubilee[x] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā tō diamond jubilee[x] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tō yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] svāhā karnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] vāpis, vāpas nahī̃[neg] lēnā[past-part.f.] jānā[pres-part.f.] . this x (hall|x) be[pres.sg.23] ∅ then x (hall|x) that is sacrificial fire , then sacrificial fire in x[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] thing (then|turn[root]) back not take[past-part.f.] go[pres-part.f.] .
419And, by invoking all the virtues with the awareness of the new world, continue to move forward with a fast speed. 420Let go of the old things and enable others to let them go.
324तो आपने स्वाहा किया ? tō āpnē svāhā kiyā ? tō āp[pn.pl.nē] svāhā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then you[.nē] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
421Did you bid farewell to all the weaknesses.
325हाँ या ना ? hā̃ yā nā ? hā̃ yā nā ? yes or ∅ ? 326सभी ने कर लिया ? sabhī nē kar liyā ? sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ? all ∅ do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ?
422Did you bid them farewell for all time?
327थोड़ा छिपाकर तो नहीं रखा ? thōṛā chhipākar tō nahī̃ rakhā ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chhipānā[abs.] tō nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] ? short hide[abs.] then not (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) ? 328जेब खर्च की आदत होती है ना . jēb kharcha kī|key ādat hōtī hai nā . jēb[n.f.;sg.] kharch, kharchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key ādat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā . pocket expenditure (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) habit be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ . 329तो यह कमजोरियां जेब खर्च की रीति से भी नहीं रखना . tō yah kamjōriyā̃ jēb kharcha kī|key rīti sē bhī nahī̃ rakhnā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jēb[n.f.;sg.] kharch, kharchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then this weakness pocket expenditure (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) way from too not keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
423Now, sacrifice all the old weaknesses, and, as this is the Diamond Jubilee Hall, it means the yagya, and anything that is sacrificed in the yagya can never be taken back.
330क्या करें , बात ही ऐसी थी , थोड़ा सा करना पड़ा , आइवेल के लिए रखना ही पड़ता है , ऐसे नहीं . kyā karē̃ , bāt hī aisī thī , thōṛā sā karnā paṛā , āivēl kē liē rakhnā hī paṛtā hai , aisē nahī̃ . kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , bāt[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past.f] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] , āīvēl[adv.] kē liē[x] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] , aisē nahī̃[x] . what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , matter only such be[past.f] , short x do[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] , at the time of crisis for keep[inf.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres.sg.m.23] , it isn't that .
424Have you sacrificed everything? 425Yes or no? 426Speak! 427Those at the back, have you sacrificed everything?
331जेबखर्च भी नहीं रखना . jēbakharca bhī nahī̃ rakhnā . x bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x too not keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
428You haven't kept something still hidden, have you?
332स्वाहा तो पूरा स्वाहा . svāhā tō pūrā svāhā . svāhā tō pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svāhā . sacrificed then full sacrificed . 333तो बीती सो बीती . tō bītī sō bītī . tō bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sō|sōnā[root] bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . then (pass[past-part.f.]|past) (x|sleep[root]) (pass[past-part.f.]|past) . 334और अभी से नई बातें आरम्भ हो गई . aur abhī sē naī bātē̃ ārambh hō gaī . aur ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . and now from new matter x be[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
429You have the habit of keeping pocket money, and so there shouldn't be the pocket money of, "What should I do?
335अभी से किया ना ? abhī sē kiyā nā ? ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā ? now from do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ ?
430I had to do it."
336तो सच्चा डायमण्ड बन गये . tō sachchā diamond ban gayē . tō sachchā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] diamond bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . then true diamond become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
431If you sacrifice something, sacrifice it fully.
337बनना पड़ेगा , देखेंगे , पक्का नहीं - यह पुरानी भाषा खत्म . bannā paṛēgā , dēkhē̃gē , pakkā nahī̃ - yah purānī bhāṣhā khatm . bannā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] , dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] - yah[pn.sg.d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] ḵẖatm[adj.] . become[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] , see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , firm not - this old language finished .
432The past is the past and the new has started. 433This is to become a real diamond.
338अभी पुरानी बातें नहीं बोलना . abhī purānī bātē̃ nahī̃ bōlnā . ab[adv.hī] purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now old matter not speak[inf.m.sg.d.] . 339पता नहीं , पता नहीं , नहीं कहना . patā nahī̃ , patā nahī̃ , nahī̃ kahnā . patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , nahī̃[neg] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . knowledge not , knowledge not , not say[inf.m.sg.d.] .
434Now finish this old language of: I don't know, I don't know.
340करना ही पड़ता है , नहीं . karnā hī paṛtā hai , nahī̃ . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] , nahī̃[neg] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres.sg.m.23] , not .
435Let it be: I have to do this.
341हम जो करेंगे वो और करेगे - यह पाठ पक्का करो . ham jō karē̃gē vō aur karēgē - yah pāṭh pakkā karō . ham[pn.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] aur karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - yah[pn.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . we that do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that and do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - this lesson firm do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
436I have to do this. 437Make this lesson firm.
342ठीक है ना ! ṭhīk hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
438Is this all right?
343तो मुबारक हो , बधाई हो . tō mubārak hō , badhāī hō . tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , greetings (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
439Congratulations and greetings.
344पदमगुणा बधाई हो . padamguṇā badhāī hō . padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . multimillion-fold greetings (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
440Multimillionfold greetings.
345अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 346ओम् शान्ति . ōm śhānti . ōm śhānti[x] . Om Shanti .
441* * * O MS H A N T I * * *